Toyota 2009 Tacoma Owner Manual

Toyota 2009 Tacoma Owner Manual
2009
Quick Reference Guide
MN 00505-QRG09-TAC
Printed in the USA 5/08
2009
Tacoma
Doors-Child safety locks (double cab only)
Rear door
OVERVIEW
This Quick Reference Guide is a summary of basic vehicle
operations. It contains brief descriptions of fundamental
operations so you can locate and use the vehicle’s main
equipment quickly and easily.
The Quick Reference Guide is not intended as a substitute for
the Owner’s Manual located in your vehicle’s glove box. We
strongly encourage you to review the Owner’s Manual and
supplementary manuals so you will have a better understanding
of your vehicle’s capabilities and limitations.
Your dealership and the entire staff of Toyota Motor Sales,
U.S.A., Inc. wish you many years of satisfied driving in your
new Tacoma.
Moving the lever to “LOCK” will allow the door to be opened only from
the outside.
Spare tire & tools
Tool location
Regular cab models
-behind the seatback
Double cab models
-under the rear seat
Tool bag
Tool bag
Front
Jack
Access cab models
-under the rear seat
! A word about safe vehicle operations
Tool bag
This Quick Reference Guide is not a full description of Tacoma
operations. Every Tacoma owner should review the Owner’s
Manual that accompanies this vehicle.
Front
Jack
Removing the spare tire
(2)
(1)
All information in this Quick Reference Guide is current at
the time of printing. Toyota reserves the right to make
changes at any time without notice.
(3)
(1) Assemble the jack handle.
(2) Insert the jack handle end into the lowering screw.
(3) Turn the jack handle counterclockwise.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for tire changing and jack positioning
procedures.
21
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Pay special attention to the boxed information highlighted in
color throughout the Owner’s Manual. Each box contains safe
operating instructions to help you avoid injury or equipment
malfunction.
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Jack
INDEX
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Accessory meter
Air Conditioning/Heating
Audio
Automatic Transmission
Clock
Cruise control
Door locks-Power
Four-wheel drive
Lights & turn signals
Light control-Instrument panel
Parking brake
Power outlets
Rear differential lock
Seat adjustments-Front
Seats-Folding rear
Seats-Head restraints
Telephone controls (Bluetooth®)
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
“VSC OFF” button
Windows-Power
Windshield wipers & washers
SAFETY AND
EMERGENCY FEATURES
Doors-Child safety locks
Seat belts
Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor
Spare tire & tools
Tire Pressure Monitoring (warning) System
7
6
6
4-5
4
2-3
6
15
16
14-15
8
10
19
18
9
17
8
13
13
16
10
11
10
18
9
19
12
12
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Engine maintenance
Fuel tank door and cap
Hood release
Indicator symbols
Instrument cluster
Instrument panel
Keyless entry
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
21
20
20
21
20
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
1
OVERVIEW
Instrument panel
Steering wheel controls (if equipped)
>
>
Volume control buttons (for audio)
“
” buttons (for audio)
“MODE” button (for audio)
Front fog light switch1
Rear differential lock switch1
115V AC Power outlet ON/OFF switch1
Instrument panel light control
Headlight and turn signal controls
Windshield wiper and washer controls
Two-wheel/Four-wheel drive selector1
Audio system
Clock
Theft deterrent system/Engine immobilizer indicator1
Front passenger seat belt reminder
Front passenger occupant classification indicator1 or front passenger
airbag ON/OFF indicator1
2
OVERVIEW
Parking brake lever
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
1
If equipped
Manual Transmission only
3
Automatic Transmission only
2
3
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Front passenger airbag manual ON/OFF switch1
Air Conditioning controls
12V DC Power outlet
Emergency flasher button
12V DC Power outlet/Cigarette lighter
Parking brake lever (stick type)2
Cruise control1
Engine ignition switch
Parking brake pedal3
“RSCA OFF” (Roll Sensing Curtain shield Airbags OFF) switch
“DAC” (Downhill Assist Control) button1 or clutch start cancel switch1
“VSC OFF” (Vehicle Stability Control OFF) switch1
Power rearview mirror control switches1
OVERVIEW
Instrument cluster
Tachometer
Speedometer
Odometer and two trip meters
Service indicator and reminder
Engine coolant temperature
Fuel gauge
Trip meter reset knob
Gear shift position indicator (if equipped)
Indicator symbols
Brake system warning1
Driver/Front passenger seat belt reminder1
Charging system warning1
Front passenger occupant classification indicator/
Front passenger airbag ON/OFF indicator
Low engine oil pressure warning1
Malfunction/Check Engine indicator1
Engine oil replacement reminder1
Open door warning1
1
For details, refer to “Indicators and warning lights,” Section 2-2, 2009
Owner’s Manual.
2 If this light flashes, refer to “SRS airbag,” Section 1-7-, 2009 Owner’s Manual.
3 If this light flashes, refer to “Four-wheel drive system,” Section 2-4, 2009 Owner’s Manual.
4
Airbag SRS warning1
Low Tire Pressure Warning1
OVERVIEW
Automatic Transmission fluid temperature warning1
Theft deterrent/Engine immobilizer system indicator
Roll Sensing Curtain shield Airbags OFF indicator2
Headlight low beam indicator
Headlight high beam indicator
Turn signal indicator
Automatic Transmission indicator (5-speed)/(4-speed)
Low speed four-wheel drive indicator3
Rear differential lock indicator4
Slip indicator
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Four-wheel drive indicator3
Vehicle Stability Control “OFF” indicator warning1
Downhill assist control system indicator
AUTO Limited Slip Differential indicator
Cruise control indicator5
Anti-lock Brake System warning1
If this light flashes, refer to “Rear differential lock system,” Section 2-4, 2009 Owner’s
Manual.
5 If this light flashes, refer to “Cruise control,” Section 2-4, 2009 Owner’s Manual.
5
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
4
OVERVIEW
Keyless entry (if equipped)
Locking operation
Unlocking operation
Push ONCE: Driver door
TWICE: All doors
NOTE: If a door is not opened within
60 seconds of unlocking, all doors will
relock for safety.
Push
Panic button
Push and hold
Fuel tank door and cap
Turn
Pull
NOTE: Tighten until one click is heard. If the cap is not tightened
enough, Check Engine “
” indicator may illuminate.
Hood release
Pull
Pull up latch and raise hood
6
Engine maintenance
4 cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
OVERVIEW
6 cylinder (1GR-FE) engine
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Windshield washer fluid tank
Engine coolant reservoir
Engine oil filler cap
Power steering fluid reservoir
Engine oil level dipstick
7
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Note: Regularly scheduled maintenance, including oil changes, will
help extend the life of your vehicle and maintain performance.
Please refer to the “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet,”
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement.”
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Automatic Transmission (if equipped)
5-speed models
Park*1
Park
Reverse
Neutral
Drive
Fourth gear
Third gear
Second gear
First gear
4-speed models
Park*
Reverse
Neutral
Drive
Third gear
Second gear
First gear
* The engine switch must be “ON” and the brake pedal depressed to shift
from Park.
Downshifting increases power going uphill, or provides engine braking
downhill. For best fuel economy during normal driving conditions, always
drive with the shift lever in the “D” position.
Light control-Instrument panel
+
Brightness
control
-
8
Four-wheel drive (if equipped)
Turn
OVERVIEW
Turn
Push and
turn
High speed (2WD)
High speed (4WD)
Shift when speed is below 62 mph.
For best fuel economy and performance under normal driving conditions,
keep in “H2” position.
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Low speed (4WD)
Shift into neutral while stopped, or depress clutch pedal at speeds
below 2 mph.
Angle
Length
Lock release lever
Note: Do not attempt to adjust while the vehicle is in motion.
9
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Hold wheel, push lever down, set angle and length, and return lever.
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Seat adjustments-Front
Bench seat
Separate seat
Position
Driver’s seat lumbar support (if equipped)
Seatback angle
Seats-Head restraints
Separate seats-Front
Bench seat-Front
(2)
(1)
Lock release button
Lock release button
Clock
H- Hour set
M- Minute set
3
10
Seats-Folding rear
Access cab
OVERVIEW
(1)
(2)
(3)
Pull
(1) Stow the seat belt buckles.
(2) Raise the bottom cushion up while
pulling the lever until it locks.
(3) Push the bottom cushion down.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1) Stow the seat belt buckles.
(2) Pass the seat belt through the seat
belt hangers.
(3) Remove the head restraint and
swing the bottom cushion.
(4) Attach the head restraints.
(5) Fold down the seatback.
11
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
(5)
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Double cab
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Windshield wipers & washers
With intermittent wiper
Single wipe
Adjust interval*
* Intermittent windshield
wiper interval adjustment
Rotate up to increase
interval, down to decrease
interval.
Interval wipe
Pull to wash and wipe
Slow
Fast
Without intermittent wiper
Single wipe
Slow
Pull to wash and wipe
Fast
Windows-Power (if equipped)
Access cab models
Driver side
Window lock switch
Up
Up
Down
Down
Double cab models
Driver side
Window lock switch
Up
Down
Up
Down
Automatic down operation (driver side only)
Push the switch completely down and release to fully open. To stop
window midway, lightly pull up on the switch.
Window lock switch Deactivates all passenger windows. Driver’s window
remains operable.
12
Parking brake
Automatic Transmission
OVERVIEW
Set: Depress
Release: Depress again
Manual Transmission
Set
Release
(1) Push button
(2) Turn and
push in lever
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Power outlets
12V DC
Key must be in the “ACC” or “ON” position to be used.
115V AC (if equipped)
ON/OFF switch
Green
indicator
Push
Yellow
indicator
3
The engine must be running for use.
Yellow Light Only Max Capacity 115V AC/100W
Green & Yellow Lights Max Capacity 115V AC/400W
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more details.
13
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Right side
of bed
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Audio
Type 1
Eject CD
Preset buttons - functions in other
modes indicated below number
Push to turn
ON/OFF
Push to adjust
tone & balance
Station/
Search playback
Seek station/
CD track select
View text
Mode
Playback
Type 2 additional functions
Load CD(s)
CD PLAYER
To scan tracks on a disc Push and hold “SCAN.” Push again to hold
selection.
CD changer (Type 2 only)
-To load one disc Push “LOAD” and insert one disc.
-To load multiple discs Push and hold “LOAD” until you hear a beep.
Insert one disc. Shutter will close and then re-open for next disc.
RADIO
To preset stations Tune in the desired station and hold down a preset
button (1-6) until you hear a beep. Push desired preset button (1-6)
to select.
To scan stations Push and hold “SCAN” to scan preset stations. Push again
to hold selection.
14
Steering wheel switches (if equipped)
OVERVIEW
Volume control
>
>
AUX audio jack
Push “DISK/AUX” button after
inserting a mini plug into the
AUX audio jack to listen to
music from a portable audio
device through the vehicle’s
speaker system.
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
“
”
-In radio mode
Push to select a preset station; push and hold to seek the next
strong station.
-In CD mode
Push to skip up or down to the next/previous track.
“MODE”
Push to turn audio ON and select an audio mode. Push and hold to turn
the audio system OFF.
Accessory meter (if equipped)
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Display button
Outside temperature
Compass
15
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Air Conditioning (if equipped)/Heating
Fan speed
Temperature
Airflow vent
In “
” or “
” mode, use fresh air (“
” indicator OFF) to
reduce window fogging.
Fresh or recirculated cabin air
Air Conditioning ON/OFF (if equipped)
Use fresh air to quickly cool interior, then change to recirculate for
cooler air.
Rear differential lock (if equipped)
Rear differential
Lock/Unlock
Use ONLY when wheel spinning occurs in a ditch, or on slippery or
unpaved surfaces. DO NOT USE THE REAR DIFFERENTIAL LOCK IN
CONDITIONS OTHER THAN SPECIFIED IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL.
UNLOCK THE DIFFERENTIAL ONCE THE VEHICLE MOVES OUT OF THE
TROUBLE SPOT.
Refer to your Owner’s Manual for complete details on this system
before attempting to use it.
16
Lights & turn signals
Headlights
High beam
flasher
Headlights
Parking lights
OVERVIEW
Low beam
High beam
-Daytime Running Light system (if equipped) Automatically turns on
the turn signal lights at a reduced intensity.
-Automatic light cutoff system Automatically turns lights off when
driver’s door is opened with the engine switch in the “ACC” or
“LOCK” position.
Front fog lights (if equipped)
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Front fog lights come on only when the headlights are on low beam.
Turn signals
Right turn
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
Lane change
Lane change
Left turn
17
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
Telephone controls (Bluetooth®)
(if equipped)
Audio unit
Microphone
Steering wheel telephone switches
OFF/Ends a call
Volume
ON/Starts a call
Voice command system
Bluetooth® technology allows you to place or receive calls without taking
your hands from the steering wheel or using a cable to connect the
telephone and the system.
Refer to “Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone),” Section
3-3 in the Owner’s Manual for more details.
Door locks-Power (if equipped)
Lock
Unlock
18
“VSC OFF” button
OVERVIEW
VSC OFF
The “VSC OFF” button is used to switch between modes related to the
TRAC, VSC and Auto LSD functions.
Refer to the Owner’s Manual for more information.
Cruise control (if equipped)
Turning system ON/OFF
FEATURES/OPERATIONS
System ON/OFF
Functions
Cancel1
Resume2/Increase speed
Set/Decrease speed
2
The set speed may also be cancelled by depressing the brake pedal.
The set speed may be resumed once vehicle speed exceeds 25 mph.
19
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY FEATURES
1
SAFETY AND
EMERGENCY FEATURES
Seat belts
Take up slack
Too high
Keep as low on
hips as possible
If belt is fully extended, then retracted even slightly, it cannot be
re-extended beyond that point, unless fully retracted again. This feature
is used to help hold child restraint systems securely.
To find more information about seat belts, and how to install a child
restraint system, refer to the Owner's Manual.
Seat belts-Shoulder belt anchor
Push up, or squeeze lock
release to lower
Tire Pressure Monitoring (warning)
System
If tire pressure indicator
light is on, check/adjust
each tire.
After adjusting tire pressures, or after tires have been rotated or
replaced, turn the ignition switch to “ON” and press and hold the
“
SET” button until indicator blinks three times. Let the vehicle sit for a
few minutes to allow initialization to complete.
Refer to the load label on the door jamb or the Owner’s Manual for tire
inflation specifications.
If the tire pressure indicator flashes for more than 60 seconds and then
remains on, take the vehicle to your local Toyota dealer.
20
TACOMA_U.book Page 506 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Abbreviation list
Abbreviation/Acronym list
ABBREVIATIONS
MEANING
2WD
Two Wheel Drive
4WD
Four Wheel Drive
ABS
Anti-Lock Brake System
ACC
Accessory
ALR
Automatic Locking Retractor
A-TRAC
AUTO LSD
Active Traction Control
Automatic Limited Slip Differential
CRS
Child Restraint System
DAC
Downhill assist control
ECU
Electronic Control Unit
EDR
Event Data Recorder
ELR
Emergency Locking Retractor
GAWR
Gross Axle Weight Rating
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
I/M
Emission inspection and maintenance
INT
Intermittent
LED
Light Emitting Diode
LT
Light truck
M+S
Mud + Snow
MMT
Methylcy clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl
MTBE
Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether
OBD
On Board Diagnostics
RES
Resume
RR DIFF LOCK
RSCA
Rear differential lock
Roll sensing of curtain shield airbag
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System
TIN
Tire Identification Number
506
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 507 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
ABBREVIATIONS
MEANING
TPMS
Tire Pressure Warning System
TRAC
Traction Control
TWI
Treadwear indicators
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
VSC
Vehicle Stability Control
507
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 24 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
For your information
Main Owners Manual
Please note that this manual applies to all models explains and all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for
equipment not installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota
vehicles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota
does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their
performance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to,
or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products.
Modification with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance,
safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In
addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification
may not be covered under warranty.
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
As the installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could
affect electronic systems such as the multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, cruise control system, anti-lock brake system, SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to check
with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions
regarding installation.
24
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 25 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Scrapping your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota
dealer before you scrap your vehicle.
Perchlorate Material
Special handling may apply,
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These components may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote control batteries.
CAUTION
n General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehicle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that will hurt or kill you,
your occupants or others.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
25
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 26 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
CAUTION
n General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the cigarette lighter, the windows, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be
fatal to children.
26
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 27 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Symbols used throughout this manual
Cautions & Notices
CAUTION
This is a warning against anything which may cause injury to people if the
warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must or must not do in
order to reduce the risk of injury to yourself and others.
NOTICE
This is a warning against anything which may cause damage to the vehicle or
its equipment if the warning is ignored. You are informed about what you must
or must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of damage to your Toyota
and its equipment.
Safety symbol
The symbol of a circle with a slash through it means “Do not”, “Do
not do this”, or “Do not let this happen”.
Arrows indicating operations
Indicates the action (pushing, turning,
etc.) used to operate switches and
other devices.
Indicates the outcome of an operation
(e.g. a lid opens).
27
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 28 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
28
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 1 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
Before driving
Adjusting and operating features such as door locks,
mirrors, and steering column.
2
When driving
Driving, stopping and safe-driving information.
3
Interior and
exterior features
Air conditioning and audio systems, as well as other interior features for a comfortable driving experience.
4
Maintenance
and care
Cleaning and protecting your vehicle, performing do-ityourself maintenance, and maintenance information.
5
When trouble
arises
What to do if the vehicle needs to be towed, gets a flat
tire, or is involved in an accident.
6
Vehicle
specifications
Detailed vehicle information.
7
For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners, seat belt instructions for Canadian owners and camper information.
Index
Alphabetical listing of information contained in this
manual.
1
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 6 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Exterior
Regular Cab models
Windshield wipers P. 160
Outside rear view mirrors
P. 66
Hood P. 353
Parking and front side marker
lights P. 157
Headlights P. 157
Front turn signal lights P. 147
6
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 7 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Back window∗
P. 71
Rear turn signal lights P. 147
Fuel filler door
P. 72
Stop/tail lights P. 157
Side doors
P. 35
Tailgate
Tires
l Rotation
l Replacement
l Inflation pressure
l Information
P. 40
License plate lights P. 157
P. 373
P. 433
P. 381
Rear side marker lights P. 157
P. 482
∗: If equipped
7
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 8 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Exterior
Access Cab models
Windshield wipers P. 160
Outside rear view mirrors
P. 66
Hood P. 353
Parking and front side marker
lights P. 157
Headlights P. 157
Fog lights∗ P. 159
Front turn signal lights P. 147
8
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 9 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Back window∗
P. 71
Fuel filler door
P. 72
Access doors
P. 39
Side doors
Rear turn signal
lights P. 147
Stop/tail lights P. 157
P. 35
Tailgate
P. 40
License plate lights P. 157
Tires
l Rotation
l Replacement
l Inflation pressure
l Information
P. 373
P. 433
P. 381
Rear side marker lights P. 157
P. 482
∗: If equipped
9
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 10 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Exterior
Double Cab models
Windshield wipers P. 160
Outside rear view mirrors
P. 66
Hood P. 353
Parking and front side marker
lights P. 157
Headlights P. 157
Fog lights∗ P. 159
Front turn signal lights P. 147
10
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 11 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Back window∗
Fuel filler door
Side doors
P. 71
P. 72
Rear turn signal
lights P. 147
Stop/tail lights P. 157
P. 35
Tailgate
P. 40
License plate lights P. 157
Tires
l Rotation
l Replacement
l Inflation pressure
l Information
Rear side marker lights P. 157
P. 373
P. 433
P. 381
P. 482
∗: If equipped
11
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 12 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Seat belts
Interior
P. 56
Bottle holders∗2 P. 300
Head restraints
Front console box∗2 P. 297
P. 54
SRS driver airbag
P. 81
SRS front
passenger
airbag P. 81
Rear seats∗2
Glove box P. 296
P. 50
Floor mats P. 318
Seatback table∗1 P. 317
Front seats
SRS side airbags
12
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
P. 81
P. 45
TACOMA_U.book Page 13 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Accessory meter ∗1 P. 156
Outside temperature display ∗1 P. 308
Compass ∗1 P. 332
Garage door opener box ∗1 P. 328
Personal lights∗1 P. 295
Overhead console∗1 P. 304
Interior light P. 295
SRS curtain shield
airbags P. 81
Sun visors P. 305
Anti-glare inside rear view mirror
P. 63
Rear view monitor system∗3 P. 166
Vanity mirrors P. 306
∗1: If equipped
∗3: Vehicles with auto anti-glare inside
rear view mirror
∗2: Access Cab and Double Cab models
13
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 14 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Interior
Door lock switch∗1
Inside door lock button
P. 36
P. 36
Power window switches∗1
P. 69
Window lock switch∗1
P. 69
14
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 15 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Bench type front seat
Shift lever P. 141, 144
Cup holders P. 298
Shift lock override button∗2 P. 450
Separated type front seats with an automatic transmission
Shift lever P. 141
Cup holders
P. 298
Cup holders
P. 298
Shift lock override button P. 450
∗1: If equipped
∗2: Vehicles with an automatic transmission
15
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 16 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Interior
Separated type front seats with a manual transmission
Shift lever P. 144
Cup holders P. 298
16
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 17 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Access Cab models
Sub woofer∗ P. 256
Back window
lock release lever∗
P. 71
Auxiliary boxes P. 302
Rear console box P. 297
∗: If equipped
17
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 18 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Interior
Double Cab models
Grocery bag hooks P. 326
Bottle holders P. 300
Back window lock
release lever∗1 P. 71
Flashlight holder P. 325
Storage boxes P. 324
Cargo net hooks∗2 P. 327
∗1: If equipped
∗2: Vehicles with sub woofer
18
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 19 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Instrument panel
Gauges and meters P. 150
Tilt and telescopic steering
lock release lever P. 62
Tire pressure warning
reset switch P. 373
Hood lock release lever P. 353
Parking brake pedal∗ P. 148
Auxiliary box P. 302
Bottle holders P. 300
∗: Vehicles with an automatic transmission
19
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 20 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Instrument panel
Audio system P. 228
Front-wheel drive
control switch∗2 P. 170
Air conditioning system P. 220
Emergency flasher switch
A-TRAC switch∗3 P. 174
Cigarette lighter P. 309
20
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Passenger airbag
off switch∗1 P. 93
AUX adapter P. 257
Power outlet P. 310
TACOMA_U.book Page 21 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Windshield wipers and
washer switch P. 160
Engine (ignition) switch P. 138
Parking brake lever∗4 P. 148
Telephone switches∗3 P. 267
Audio remote control switches∗3 P. 259
Talk switch∗3 P. 267
Cruise control switch∗3 P. 163
∗1: Access Cab models only
∗2: 4WD models
∗3: If equipped
∗4: Vehicles with a manual transmission
21
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 22 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Instrument panel
Fog light switch∗ P. 159
RR DIFF LOCK switch∗ P. 178
Instrument panel light
control dial P. 151
Power outlet main
switch∗ P. 311
Headlight
switch P. 157
Turn signal lever
P. 147
RSCA OFF switch P. 95
CLUTCH START CANCEL
switch∗ P. 183
DAC switch∗ P. 181
VSC OFF switch
P. 176, 185
Outside rear view mirror switches∗
22
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
P. 66
TACOMA_U.book Page 23 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Pictorial index
Luggage compartment
Deck rails P. 195
Tie-down cleats P. 322
Power outlet∗ P. 311
Auxiliary boxes P. 320
Deck hooks P. 321
∗: If equipped
23
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 30 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-1. Key information
Keys
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
Vehicles without engine immobilizer system
Master keys
Key number plate
Vehicles with engine immobilizer system
Master keys
Valet key
Key number plate
n Key number plate
Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle. In the
event that a key is lost, a new key can be made by your Toyota dealer using
the key number plate. (→P. 451)
30
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 31 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-1. Key information
NOTICE
n To prevent key damage (vehicles with engine immobilizer system)
l Do not subject the keys to strong shocks, expose them to high temperatures by placing them in direct sunlight, or get them wet.
31
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
l Do not expose the keys to electromagnetic materials or attach any material that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 32 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Wireless remote control (if equipped)
The wireless remote control can be used to lock and unlock the vehicle from outside the vehicle.
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
Pressing the button unlocks
the driver’s door. Pressing
the button again within 3
seconds unlocks the other
doors.
Sounds alarm
(push and hold)
n Operation signals
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
n Panic mode
When
is pushed for longer than about
one second, an alarm will sound for about
60 seconds and the vehicle lights will
flash to deter any person from trying to
break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, push any button on the
wireless remote control.
n Door lock buzzer
If a door is not fully closed, a buzzer sounds for 10 seconds if an attempt to
lock the door is made. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the
vehicle once more.
32
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 33 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
n Wireless remote control depletion
The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. (The battery becomes depleted
even if the key is not used.) If the wireless remote control function does not
operate, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary.
(→P. 391)
1
n If the wireless remote control does not operate
n Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 30 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
n Conditions affecting operation
The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the following situations.
l Near a TV tower, radio station, electric power plant, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves
l When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communication device
l When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity
l When the wireless key has come into contact with, or is covered by a
metallic object
l When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby
l When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as
a personal computer
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control system) can be
(Customizable features →P. 493)
changed.
33
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the key. (→P. 35)
TACOMA_U.book Page 34 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
n Certification for wireless remote control
MODEL/FCC IDs:
Transmitter: GQ43VT20T
Receiver: GQ43VT29R
IC (Canada) IDs:
Transmitter: 1470A-1T
Receiver: 1470A-1R
MADE IN U.S.A.
This complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
34
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 35 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Side doors
The vehicle can be locked/unlocked using the wireless remote control, key or door lock switch.
n Wireless remote control (if equipped)
1
→P. 32
Before driving
n Key
Regular Cab models
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
Access Cab and Double Cab models
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
Turning the key a single
time in the driver’s door
unlocks the driver’s door,
and turning the key again
unlocks the other doors.
35
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 36 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
n Door lock switch (if equipped)
Driver’s door lock switch
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
Passenger’s door lock switch
Locks all doors
Unlocks all doors
n Inside door lock button
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
Pulling the inside handle can
open the front door even if the
inside door lock button is in the
lock position.
36
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 37 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
Move the inside door lock button to the lock position.
Close the door.
1
Vehicles with power door lock system
Rear door child-protector lock (Double Cab models only)
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the locks
are set.
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear
doors.
n Key reminder buzzer
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened, while the engine switch is in
the ACC or LOCK position to remind you to remove the key.
37
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
The door cannot be locked if a front door is open and the key is in
the engine switch.
TACOMA_U.book Page 38 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
CAUTION
n To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failing to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out,
resulting in death or serious injury.
l Always use a seat belt.
l Always lock all doors.
l Ensure that all doors are properly closed.
l Do not pull the inside handle while driving.
l Set the rear door child protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seat.
38
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 39 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Access doors (Access Cab models only)
The access door (rear door) can be opened using the inside handle.
Open the front door widely
Pull (from the outside) or
push (from the inside) the
inside handle of the access
door.
1
Before driving
Open the access door
You can open and close the
access door only when the
front door is widely opened.
NOTICE
n When opening or closing the front door and access door
The front door and access door could be damaged if they hit each other
when being opened or closed.
39
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 40 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Tailgate
The tailgate can be opened.
Pull the handle
Open the tailgate slowly
The support cables will hold
the tailgate horizontal.
After closing the tailgate, try
pulling it toward you to make
sure it is securely locked.
Removing the tailgate
n Before removing the tailgate
These connector covers are used when removing the tailgate, to
prevent the back-up camera wire harness connectors from being
contaminated.
Connector cover (Gray)
Connector cover (White)
Store the connector covers in the
glove box in a plastic bag when
not using.
40
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 41 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
To disconnect the wire harness
connectors (
and
), press
and hold the lock of the tailgate
wire harness connector (White)
and pull apart.
Frame wire harness connector
(Gray)
Attach the connector cover
(white) to the frame wire harness
connector (Gray).
Connector cover (White)
Frame wire harness connector
(Gray)
Pull out the plastic wire protector
located in the vehicle bed by
pressing the tabs and pulling the
protector.
Be careful not to pull out all of the
tailgate wire harness. Failure to
do so may result in damage to
vehicle components.
Plastic wire protector
Open the tailgate.
41
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
Tailgate wire harness connector (White)
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 42 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Pull out the wire harness from
the vehicle bed.
Attach the connector cover
(Gray) to the tailgate wire harness connector (White).
Tailgate wire harness connector (White)
Connector cover (Gray)
n Removing the tailgate
Open the tailgate to the angle
where you can release the
brackets on the support cables
from the lugs on both sides.
Lift the support cable bracket up
and slide it off.
Support cable bracket
Tilt the tailgate to about 30° from
vertical and pull up the right side
of the tailgate to unhook the right
side.
42
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 43 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Slide the tailgate a little to the
right to unhook the left side.
To attach the tailgate, follow the
removal procedure in reverse
order.
Before driving
Rear step bumper
For rear end protection and easier step-up loading.
To get on the rear step bumper,
use the shaded area in the illustration.
CAUTION
n Before removing the tailgate
Disconnect the wire harness between the back-up camera and the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle components.
n Caution while driving
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious personal injury.
l Do not drive with the tailgate open.
l Do not get on the rear step bumper.
43
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 44 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the tailgate wire harness
Do not pull out all of the tailgate wire harness before open the tailgate.
n To prevent damage to the camera lens (vehicles with rear view monitor
system)
Store the removed tailgate with the back-up camera lens facing upward.
n After closing the tailgate
Try pulling it toward you to make sure it is securely locked.
n To prevent damage to the rear step bumper
Do not allow more than one person to get on the rear step bumper at a time.
44
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 45 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Front seats
Bench type seat
Seat position
lever
adjustment
1
Before driving
Separated type seats
Seat position
lever
adjustment
Driver’s seat lumbar support adjustment knob
(if equipped)
Seatback angle adjustment
lever
45
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 46 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Moving passenger’s seat for rear seat entry (if equipped)
Lift the seatback angle adjusting
lever or press the pedal behind
the seatback. The seat will slide
forward.
Move the seat to the front-most
position.
n After passengers are in the vehicle
Lift the seatback and return the seat until it locks.
Folding seatback (Bench type seat)
Pull the seatback lock release
lever and fold down the seatback.
Hold the lever until you have
swung the seatback forward
slightly.
46
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 47 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Folding passenger’s seat (vehicles with seatback table)
Pull the seatback angle adjusting
lever and raise the seatback to
its upright position.
1
Before driving
Pull the seatback folding lever
and fold the seatback down.
47
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 48 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Active head restraints (Access Cab and Double Cab models only)
When the occupant’s back
presses against the seatback
during a rear-end collision, the
head restraint moves slightly forward to help reduce the risk of
whiplash on the seat occupant.
n Active head restraints
Even small forces applied to the seatback may cause the head restraint to
move. Pushing up a locked head restraint forcibly may show the head
restraint inner structure. These do not indicate problems.
During
rear-end
collision
Inner
structure
48
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 49 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
CAUTION
n Seat adjustment
l Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
l After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position.
n After returning the seatback to the upright position
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
l Make sure the seatback is securely locked.
l Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback.
l Arrange the seat belts in the proper positions for ready use.
n Caution while driving
l Vehicles with seatback table: Do not sit on or place anything on the folded
seatback.
l Access Cab models only: Do not rest your foot on the press pedal behind
the passenger seat.
49
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
1
Before driving
l Do not recline the seat more than necessary when the vehicle is in motion
to reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
TACOMA_U.book Page 50 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Rear seats (Access Cab and Double Cab models)
Access Cab models
The bottom cushion of the rear seats can be raised and lowered.
n Before raising the bottom cushion
Stow the seat belt buckles.
This prevents the seat belt
buckles from falling out when
you fold the seatback.
n Raising the bottom cushion
Raise the bottom cushion up
while pulling the lever until it
locks.
n Lowering the bottom cushion
Push the bottom cushion
down while pulling the lever
until the bottom cushion locks
into the seat position.
50
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 51 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Double Cab models
The seatback of the rear seat can be folded.
n Before folding rear seats
1
Before driving
Stow the rear seat belt buckles.
This prevents the seat belt
buckles from falling out when
you fold the seatback.
Pass the seat belts through
the seat belt hangers.
This prevents the shoulder belt
from being damaged.
Make sure that the seat belts
are removed from the hangers
before using them.
n Folding rear seats
Remove the head restraint
Swing the bottom cushion
up by pulling the lock
release strap
51
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 52 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Attach the head restraints to
the holders located on the
back sides of the bottom cushions.
Fold down the seatback by
pulling the lock release strap.
CAUTION
n When the seatback is folded/the bottom cushion is raised
Do not sit on or place anything on the seatback or auxiliary box while driving.
n When returning the seats to their original position
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
l Be careful not to get your hands or feet pinched in the seat.
l Make sure the seatbacks and bottom cushions are securely locked. Failure to do so will prevent the seat belt from operating properly.
l Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught under the seat.
l Arrange the seat belts in the proper positions for ready use.
52
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 53 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
NOTICE
n Before folding the seats
The seat belts buckles must be stowed.
1
Before driving
53
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 54 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Head restraints
n Adjusting the head restraints
Bench type front seat
Vertical adjustment
Push and hold the lock release
button when lowering the head
restraint.
Removal
Lock release button
Pull the head restraint up while
pushing the lock release button.
Separated type front seat
Vertical adjustment
Push and hold the lock release
button when lowering the head
restraint.
Removal
Lock release button
Pull the head restraint up while
pushing the lock release button.
Rear seat (Double Cab models only)
Vertical adjustment
Push and hold the lock release
button when lowering the head
restraint.
Removal
Lock release button
54
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Pull the head restraint up while
pushing the lock release button.
TACOMA_U.book Page 55 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
n When using the rear head restraints (Access Cab models
only)
To use
1
Lift up the head restraint until it
locks.
Before driving
To fold
Pull the head restraint lock
release lever to fold the head
restraint.
n Adjusting the height of the head restraints
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
n Adjusting the front center seat (Regular Cab models) and rear center
seat head restraints (Double Cab models)
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
CAUTION
n Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
l Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
l Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
l Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
55
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 56 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle.
n Correct use of the seat belts
l Extend the shoulder belt so
that it comes fully over the
shoulder, but does not
come into contact with the
neck or slide off the shoulder.
l Position the lap belt as low
as possible over the hips.
l Adjust the position of the
seatback. Sit up straight
and well back in the seat.
l Do not twist the seat belt.
n Fastening and releasing the seat belt
Fastening the belt
Push the tab into the buckle
until a clicking sound is heard.
Releasing the belt
Press the release button.
Release
button
56
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 57 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
n Adjusting the height of the belt (front seats)
Up
Move the height adjuster up as
needed until you hear a click.
1
Down
Before driving
Push the lock release button
and slide the height adjuster
down.
n Center seat belt of the bench seat (Regular Cab models
only)
Make sure the shoulder belt
pass through the guide when
using the center seat belt.
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
The pretensioner helps the seat
belt to quickly restrain the occupant by retracting the seat belt
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal
collision or a vehicle rollover.
The pretensioner may not activate in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a side impact or a rear
impact.
57
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 58 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
n Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
n Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and then
retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be
extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly.
To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once
more. (→P. 104)
n Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (→P. 56)
Women who are pregnant should position
the lap belt as low as possible over the
hips in the same manner as other occupants. Extend the shoulder belt completely over the shoulder and position the
belt across the chest. Avoid belt contact
over the rounding of the abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only a pregnant woman, but also the fetus
could suffer death or serious injury as a
result of sudden braking or a collision.
n People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way.
n Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
l Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
become large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 104)
l When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s
seat belt, follow the instructions on P. 56 regarding seat belt usage.
58
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 59 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
n Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate
for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
1
n Seat belt extender
CAUTION
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking or an accident.
Failing to do so may cause death or severe injury.
n Wearing a seat belt
l Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
l Always wear a seat belt properly.
l Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
l Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
l Do not recline the seat any more than necessary to achieve a proper seating position. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
l Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
l Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
59
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt
extender is available from your Toyota
dealer free of charge.
TACOMA_U.book Page 60 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
CAUTION
n Seat belt pretensioners
l Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger’s seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger’s weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger’s weight properly. As a result, the seat belt
pretensioner for the front passenger’s seat may not activate in the event of
a collision.
l If the pretensioner has activated, the seat belt becomes locked: it cannot
be further extended, nor will it return to the stowed position. The seat belt
cannot be used again and must be replaced at your Toyota dealer.
n Seat belt damage and wear
l Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
l Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
l Ensure that the belt and tab are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
l Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
l Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer.
Inappropriate handling of the pretensioner may prevent it from operating
properly resulting in death or serious injury.
n Using a seat belt extender
l Do not wear the seat belt extender, if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
l Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system,
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of a collision.
l The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.
60
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 61 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
NOTICE
n When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.
1
Before driving
61
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 62 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Steering wheel
The steering wheel can be adjusted to a comfortable position.
Hold
the
steering
wheel and press the
lever down.
Adjust to the ideal
position by moving the
steering wheel horizontally and vertically.
Pull the lever up.
CAUTION
n Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident
may occur resulting in death or serious injury.
n After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury.
62
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 63 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Glare from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced by
using the following functions.
Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror
1
Normal position
Before driving
Anti-glare position
63
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 64 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror
In automatic mode, sensors are used to detect the headlights of
vehicles behind and automatically reduces the reflected light.
Turns automatic mode ON/
OFF
The indicator comes on when
automatic mode is turned on.
The mirror will revert to the
automatic mode each time the
engine switch is turned on.
n To prevent sensor error (vehicles with auto anti-glare inside rear view
mirror)
To ensure that the sensors operate properly, do not touch or cover them.
64
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 65 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
CAUTION
n Caution while driving
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
1
Before driving
65
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 66 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Outside rear view mirrors
Mirror angle can be adjusted.
Power-adjustable type
Select a mirror to adjust.
(L: left or R: right)
Adjust the mirror up, down,
in or out using the switch.
66
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 67 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
Manually adjustable type
Adjust the mirror up, down, in
or out by pushing the mirror
surface.
1
Before driving
Folding back the mirrors
Push backward to fold the mirrors.
n Mirror operating conditions (vehicles with power-adjustable type only)
The engine switch is in the ACC or ON position.
67
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 68 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-3. Adjustable components (seats, mirrors, steering wheel)
CAUTION
n When driving the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failing to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
l Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
l Do not drive with the mirrors folded back.
l Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
NOTICE
n If ice should jam the mirror
Do not operate the control or scrape the mirror face. Use a spray de-icer to
free the mirror.
68
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 69 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-4. Opening and closing the windows
Power windows (if equipped)
The power windows can be opened/closed using the following
switches.
Driver’s power window switches
1
Closing
Before driving
Opening
One-touch opening (driver’s
window only)*
*:Pressing
the switch in the
opposite direction will stop window travel partway.
Front and rear passenger’s power window switch
Closing
Opening
1
2
Lock switch
Press the switch down to lock
passenger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children from accidentally opening or
closing a passenger window.
69
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 70 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-4. Opening and closing the windows
n The power windows can be operated when
The engine switch is in the ON position.
n Operating the power windows after turning the engine switch off
The power windows can be operated for approximately 43 seconds even
after the engine switch is turned off. They cannot, however, be operated
once either front door is opened.
CAUTION
n Closing the windows
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury.
l Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
l Do not allow children to operate the power windows.
Closing a power window on someone can cause serious injury, and in
some instances, even death.
70
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 71 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-4. Opening and closing the windows
Back window (vehicles with sliding type)
The back window can be opened and closed using the lock release
lever.
OPEN/CLOSE
1
Push the lock release lever
and slide the back window.
Before driving
n Closing the back window
Make sure that the back window is securely closed after closing it.
CAUTION
n While driving
Keep the back window closed.
This not only keeps personal belongings from being thrown out, but also prevents exhaust gases from entering the vehicle.
71
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 72 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-5. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank cap
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap.
n Before refueling the vehicle
Turn the engine switch off and ensure that all the doors and windows are closed.
n Opening the fuel tank cap
Open the fuel filler door.
Turn the fuel tank cap slowly
to open.
72
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 73 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-5. Refueling
Closing the fuel tank cap
When replacing the fuel tank
cap, turn it until a clicking sound
is heard.
n Fuel types
Use unleaded gasoline. (87 Octane Rating [Research Octane Number 91] or
higher)
n Fuel tank capacity
Approximately 21.1 gal. (80.0 L, 17.6 Imp. gal.)
73
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
After releasing your hand, the cap
will turn slightly to the opposite
direction.
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 74 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-5. Refueling
CAUTION
n Refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle.
Failure to do so, may result in death or serious injury.
l Touch the vehicle or some other metal surface to discharge any static
electricity.
Sparks resulting from discharging static electricity may cause the fuel
vapors to ignite.
l Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap.
In hot weather, pressurized fuel may spray out of the filler neck and cause
injury.
l Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
bodies to come close to an open fuel tank.
l Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
l Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
l Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible engine
hazard.
n When replacing the fuel tank cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in
death or serious injury.
74
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 75 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-5. Refueling
NOTICE
n Refueling
n To prevent damage to the fuel filler door
Do not apply excessive force.
75
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
1
Before driving
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the exhaust systems to
operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the vehicle’s
painted surface.
TACOMA_U.book Page 76 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-6. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system (if equipped)
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent the
engine from starting if the key has not been previously registered in
the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
The indicator light flashes after
the key has been removed
from the engine switch to indicate that the system is operating.
n System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type of engine immobilizer system.
n Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
l If the key is in contact with a metallic object
l If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle
n Certifications for the engine immobilizer system
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
FCC ID: MOZRI-21BTY
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
76
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 77 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-6. Theft deterrent system
For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that
may cause undesired operation of the device.
n To prevent damage to the key
Do not modify, remove or disable the engine immobilizer system. If any
unauthorized changes or modifications are made, the proper operation of
the system cannot be guaranteed.
77
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
NOTICE
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 78 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-6. Theft deterrent system
Theft prevention labels (U.S.A.)
These labels are attached to
the vehicle to reduce vehicle
theft by facilitating the tracing
and recovery of parts from stolen vehicles. Do not remove
under penalty of law.
78
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 79 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Correct driving posture
Drive in a good posture as follows:
Sit upright and well back in
the seat. (→P. 45)
1
Before driving
Adjust the position of the
seat forward or backward to
ensure the pedals can be
reached
and
easily
depressed to the extent
required. (→P. 45)
Adjust the seatback so that
the controls are easily operable.
Adjust the tilt and telescopic
positions of the steering
wheel downward so the airbag is facing your chest.
(→P. 62)
Lock the head restraint in
place with the center of the
head restraint closest to the
top of your ears. (→P. 54)
Wear the seat belt correctly.
(→P. 56)
79
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 80 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n While driving
l Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
l Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint, increasing the risk of
death or serious injury to the driver or passenger.
l Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an accident. The adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
n Adjusting the seat position
l Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passengers are not injured by the moving seat.
l Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
80
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 81 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the
risk of death or serious injury.
1
Before driving
Front airbags
Driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and right front
passenger from impact with interior components.
Side and curtain shield airbags
Side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants.
Curtain shield airbags
Can help protect primarily the head of outside occupants.
81
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 82 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Airbag system components
Regular Cab models
Access Cab and Double Cab models
82
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 83 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Front passenger airbag
Curtain shield airbags
Side airbags
Front passenger’s seat belt
buckle switch
1
Occupant detection system
(ECU and sensors)
Airbag sensor assembly
Before driving
AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG
OFF indicator lights
SRS warning light and
RSCA OFF indicator light
Driver airbag
RSCA OFF switch
Curtain shield airbag sensors (Access Cab and Double Cab models)
Side and curtain shield airbag sensors
Driver’s seat position sensor
Driver’s seat belt buckle
switch
Front airbag sensors
Front passenger’s seat
position sensor (Regular
Cab models)
Belt tension sensor
(Regular Cab models)
Passenger airbag off switch
(Access Cab models)
Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based
on US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag system controls airbag deployment power for the driver and right front
passenger. The driver airbag system consists of the driver seat’s
position sensor etc. The front passenger’s airbag system consists of
the front passenger occupant classification sensor etc.
The main SRS airbag system components are shown above. The
SRS airbag system is controlled by the airbag sensor assembly. The
airbag sensor assembly consists of a safing sensor and an airbag
sensor.
Regular Cab models: The SRS airbags are designed to protect the
driver and right front passenger, and they are not designed to protect
an occupant in the front center seating position.
In certain types of severe frontal or side impacts, the SRS airbag system triggers the airbag inflators. A chemical reaction in the inflators
quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain the motion
of the occupants.
83
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 84 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
n SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front airbag
sensors, side and curtain shield airbag sensor assemblies, curtain shield airbag sensor assemblies (Access Cab and Double cab models), driver’s seat
position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front passenger occupant
classification system, AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights, front
passenger’s seat position sensor (Regular Cab models), front passenger’s
seat belt buckle switch, passenger airbag off switch (Access Cab models),
front seat belt pretensioner assemblies, belt tension sensor (Regular Cab
models), RSCA OFF indicator light, inflators, interconnecting wiring and
power sources. (→P. 425)
n If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
l Bruising and slight abrasions may result from contact with a deploying
(inflating) SRS airbag.
l A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
l Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator)
as well as the front seats, and parts of the front and rear pillars and roof
side rail, may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be
hot.
l The front windshield may crack.
n Operating conditions (front airbags)
l The SRS front airbags will deploy if the severity of the frontal impact is
above the designed threshold level, comparable to an approximate 15
mph (25 km/h) collision when the vehicle impacts straight into a fixed barrier that does not move or deform.
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher if the vehicle
strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or
deform on impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an underride collision (e.g.
a collision in which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the
bed of a truck, etc.).
l It is possible that in some collisions where the forward deceleration of the
vehicle is very close to the designed threshold level, the SRS front airbags and the seat belt pretensioners may not activate together.
84
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 85 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
l The SRS front passenger airbag will not activate if there is no passenger
sitting in the right front passenger seat. However, the front passenger airbag may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, or the seat belt is fastened,
even if the seat is unoccupied. (→P. 97)
n Operating conditions (side airbags)
1
l The SRS side airbag on the passenger seat will activate even if there is
no passenger sitting in the right front passenger seat. (→P. 97)
n Operating conditions (curtain shield airbags)
The SRS curtain shield airbags are designed to inflate when the passenger
compartment is subjected to a severe impact from the side or vehicle rollover.
n Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other
than a collision
The SRS front airbags may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the
underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.
l Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or
hard surface
l Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
l Landing hard or vehicle falling
The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situation shown
in the illustration.
l The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal.
l The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone.
85
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
l The SRS side airbags are designed to inflate when the passenger compartment is subjected to a severe impact from the side.
TACOMA_U.book Page 86 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
n Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbag (front airbags)
The SRS front airbags are generally not designed to inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a lowspeed frontal collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
l Collision from the side
l Collision from the rear
l Vehicle rollover
n Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbag
(side airbags and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side airbag and curtain shield airbag system may not activate if the
vehicle is subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
l Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compartment
l Collision from the side at an angle
The SRS side airbags are not generally designed to inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a lowspeed side collision.
l Collision from the front
l Collision from the rear
l Vehicle rollover
86
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 87 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
The SRS curtain shield airbags are not generally designed to inflate if the
vehicle is involved in a frontal or rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if
it is involved in a low-speed side collision.
l Collision from the front
1
l Collision from the rear
Before driving
l Pitching end over end
n When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Do
not disconnect the battery cables before contacting your Toyota dealer.
l Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
l The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS airbags to inflate.
l A portion of a door is damaged or
deformed, or the vehicle was involved
in an accident that was not severe
enough to cause the SRS side airbags
and curtain shield airbags to inflate.
l The pad section of the steering wheel
or dashboard near the front passenger
airbag is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
87
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 88 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
l The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked or otherwise damaged.
l The portion of the front pillars, rear pillars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked or otherwise damaged.
CAUTION
n SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
l The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
l The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”) advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm)
of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag provides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from the
center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you now sit less than 10
in. (250 mm) away, you can change your driving position in several ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the
pedals comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in.
(250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of
your seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm,
non-slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
88
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 89 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n SRS airbag precautions
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while still
maintaining control of the foot pedals and steering wheel, and your view of
the instrument panel controls.
l The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
l Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
the safest for infants and children. (→P. 104)
89
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
l If the seat belt extender has been connected to the driver’s seat belt buckle
but the seat belt extender has not also
been fastened to the latch plate of the
driver’s seat belt, the SRS driver’s airbag system will judge that the driver is
wearing the seat belt even though the
seat belt has not been connected. In
this case, the driver’s airbag may not
activate correctly in a collision, resulting
in death or serious injury in the event of
collision. Be sure to wear the seat belt
with the seat belt extender.
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 90 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n SRS airbag precautions
l Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
l Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
l Do not drive the vehicle while the driver
or passenger has items resting on their
knees.
l Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pillars.
l Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seat toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
90
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 91 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n SRS airbag precautions
l Do not attach anything to areas such as
the door, windshield glass, side door
glass, front and rear pillars, roof side
rail or assist grip.
l Do not hang coat hangers or other hard
objects on the coat hooks. All of these
items could become projectiles and
seriously injure or kill you, should the
SRS curtain shield airbag deploy.
l Regular Cab models: Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion or
seat cover, that covers the seat cushion surface.
l Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the airbags.
l Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS airbag components (→P. 82).
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
l Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
l If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbag has deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
l If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
91
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
1
Before driving
l Do not attach anything to or lean anything against areas such as the dashboard or steering wheel pad.
These items can become projectiles
when SRS driver and front passenger
airbags deploy.
TACOMA_U.book Page 92 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer.
The SRS airbags may malfunction or deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing
death or serious injury.
l Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags.
l Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails.
l Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment.
l Installation of snow plows, winches, etc. to the front grille (bull bars, kangaroo bar etc.).
l Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system.
l Do not use tires or wheels other than the manufacturer’s recommended
size. (→P. 373, 475)
l Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios or CD
players.
l Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability.
92
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 93 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Passenger airbag off switch (Access Cab models)
The passenger airbag off switch is designed to disable the front passenger airbag in order to allow usage, if necessary, of the front passenger seat by a member of a passenger risk group identified in
TABLE 1 is occupying the front passenger seating position (→P. 94).
This position makes the front passenger airbag system operational.
At this time, the indicator light
condition varies depending on the
size of the occupant in the front
passenger seat.
OFF position
The front passenger airbag is disabled.
At this time, the AIR BAG OFF
indicator light will come on.
n Operation of the passenger airbag off switch
Turn the key clockwise to the
AUTO position.
Turn the key counterclockwise to the OFF position and
remove it.
If the key is removed at any other
position than OFF, the switch will
automatically return to the AUTO
position.
93
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
AUTO position
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 94 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
n Passenger risk group
TABLE 1: A PASSENGER RISK GROUP
Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) who must ride in the front seat
because:
• Vehicle has no rear seat;
• Vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear-facing infant
seat; or
• The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that
the driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.
Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because:
• Vehicle has no rear seat:
• Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat(s) whenever possible, children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no
space is available in the rear seat(s) of vehicle; or
• The child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s physician, makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the
driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.
Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which according to his or her physician:
• Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger:
and
• Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater
than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even if belted, to hit the dashboard, or windshield in a crash.
For more detailed information concerning about the passenger risk
group, please contact NHTSA at 1-888-327-4236 or Transport
Canada at 1-800-333-0371.
94
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 95 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n When the passenger airbag off switch is turned off
l Do not turn the passenger airbag off switch to the OFF position except
when a member of a passenger risk group identified in TABLE 1 is occupying the front passenger seating position.
Deactivating the curtain shield airbags in a vehicle rollover
ON/OFF (hold for a few seconds)
The RSCA OFF indicator turns on
(only when the engine switch is in
the ON position.)
The roll sensing function for the
curtain shield airbags and seat
belt pretensioners will turn back
on automatically each time the
engine switch is turned on.
n The switch only should be used
In a situation where inflation is not desired (such as during extreme off-road
driving).
n Operating conditions when the RSCA OFF indicator is on
l The curtain shield airbag and seat belt pretensioner will not activate in a
vehicle rollover.
l The curtain shield airbag will activate in a severe side impact.
95
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
l The front passenger airbag will not inflate in a collision and turning off the
front passenger airbag can reduce the occupant protection which your
vehicle safety systems can provide to you in certain accidents and
increase the likelihood of death or serious injuries.
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 96 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n For normal driving
Make sure the RSCA OFF indicator is not turned on. If it is left on, the curtain
shield airbag will not activate in the event of an accident, which may result in
death or serious injury.
96
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 97 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Front passenger occupant classification system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system. This system detects the conditions of the right front
passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for the front
passenger.
1
Before driving
SRS warning light
Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
AIR BAG ON indicator light
AIR BAG OFF indicator light
97
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 98 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Conditions and operation of the front passenger occupant
classification system
Regular Cab and Double Cab models
l Indicator/warning light
Condition detected
by the front passenger occupant classification system*1
AIR BAG ON
and AIR BAG
OFF indicator
lights
SRS warning
light
Front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
Adult*2
AIR BAG ON
Off
Flashing*5
AIR BAG
OFF*6
Off
Flashing*5
Unoccupied
Not illuminated
Off
Off
There is a malfunction in the
system
AIR BAG OFF
On
Off
Child*3 or child
restraint system*4
l Devices
Condition detected
Front pasby the front passensenger airger occupant clasbag
sification system*1
Adult*2
Deactivated
Unoccupied
Deactivated
There is a malfunction in the
system
Deactivated
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Curtain
shield air- Front pasbag in the
senger’s
seat belt
front paspretensioner
senger
side
Activated
Child*3 or child
restraint system*4
98
Side airbag on the
front passenger
seat
Activated
Activated
Activated
Deactivated
TACOMA_U.book Page 99 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
*1: The right front passenger on the bench seat. (Regular Cab models)
*2: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a
smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
1
*3: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system
sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/
her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.
Before driving
*4: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only
be installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable.
(→P. 104)
*5: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
*6: In case the indicator is not illuminated, consult this manual for
installing the child restraint system properly. (→P. 104)
99
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 100 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Access Cab models
l Indicator/warning light
Condition detected
by the front passenger occupant classification system
Passenger airbag
off switch
position
AIR BAG
ON and
AIR BAG
OFF indicator lights
AUTO
AIR BAG
ON
OFF
AIR BAG
OFF
Adult*1
Child*2 or child
restraint system*3
AUTO
OFF
AUTO
Not
illuminated
OFF
AIR BAG
OFF
Unoccupied
There is a malfunction in the
system
100
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
AIR BAG
OFF*5
AUTO
OFF
AIR BAG
OFF
SRS
warning
light
Front passenger’s
seat belt
reminder
light
Off
Flashing*4
Off
Flashing*4
Off
Off
On
Off
TACOMA_U.book Page 101 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
l Devices
Adult*1
Child*2 or
child
restraint
system*3
Unoccupied
There is a
malfunction
in the system
Passenger airbag off
switch
position
Front
passenger airbag
AUTO
Activated
OFF
Deactivated
Side airbag on
the front
passenger seat
Curtain
shield air- Front pasbag in the senger’s
front pas- seat belt
senger pretensioner
side
Activated
AUTO
Deactivated
OFF
AUTO
Deactivated
OFF
Activated
Activated
Deactivated
AUTO
Deactivated
OFF
Activated
*1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a
smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2: When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system
sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/
her as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.
*3: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only
be installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable.
(→P. 123)
*4: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
101
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
1
Before driving
Condition
detected by
the front passenger occupant
classification
system
TACOMA_U.book Page 102 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
*5: In case the indicator is not illuminated, consult this manual for
installing the child restraint system properly. (→P. 104)
CAUTION
n Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding front passenger occupant classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
l Wear the seat belt properly.
l Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt tab has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
l Make sure the AIR BAG OFF indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the AIR BAG OFF
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, then reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the AIR BAG ON indicator light is illuminated. If you use
the seat belt extender while the AIR BAG OFF indicator light is illuminated,
the front passenger airbag may not activate correctly, which could cause
death or serious injury in the event of collision.
l Do not place a heavy load on the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g.
seatback table).
l Do not apply pressure to the front passenger seat by resting hands or legs
on the seatback.
l Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or
press on the seatback with their legs.
l Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
l Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear
seat or a back wall. This may cause the AIR BAG OFF indicator light to be
illuminated, which indicates that the passenger’s airbags will not deploy in
the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear seat or
back wall, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the
rear seat or back wall. Keep the front passenger seatback as upright as
possible when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively
may lessen the effectiveness of the seat belt system.
102
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 103 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
l When it is unavoidable to install the forward-facing child restraint system
on the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front
passenger seat in the proper order. (→P. 109)
l Do not modify or remove the front seats.
l Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Otherwise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the
detection system. In this case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
l Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
l Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion or seat cover, that covers
the seat cushion surface.
l Access Cab and Double Cab models: Do not attach a commercial seatback table or other heavy item to the back of the front passenger seat.
l Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.
103
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
1
Before driving
l If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the AIR BAG ON indicator light
is illuminated. If the AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and with the
seat belt worn correctly. If the AIR BAG OFF indicator still remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or if that is not
possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
TACOMA_U.book Page 104 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Child restraint systems
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be properly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder
belt.
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. and Canada now require the
use of child restraint systems.
Points to remember
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one to the front passenger seat.
l Choose a child restraint system appropriate to the age and size of
the child.
l For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the
child restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(→P. 109)
Types of child restraints
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types
according to the age and size of the child.
Infant seat (Access Cab and Double Cab models only)
104
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 105 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Convertible seat
1
Before driving
Booster seat
n Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
Get an appropriate child restraint system for the child. If a child is too large
for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat and use the vehicle’s
seat belt. (→P. 56)
CAUTION
n Child restraint precautions
l For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior.
l Regular Cab models: Toyota strongly urges use of a proper child restraint
system which conforms to the size of the child.
105
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 106 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n Child restraint precautions
l Access Cab and Double Cab models: Toyota strongly urges the use of a
proper child restraint system that conforms to the size of the child, installed
on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.
l Access Cab models: Never put infant or child age 1 to 12 in a passenger
risk group on the front passenger seat with the passenger airbag off switch
in the AUTO position. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid
inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to
the child. If you must put infant or child age 1 to 12 in a passenger risk
group on the front passenger seat, make sure that the passenger airbag
off switch is in the OFF position with the key removed and that the indicator light is on. (→P. 94)
l Regular Cab and Double Cab models: Never install a rear-facing child
restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the AIR BAG OFF
indicator light is illuminated. In the event of an accident, the force of the
rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious
injury to the child if the rear-facing child restraint system is installed on the
front passenger seat.
l Access Cab models: Never install a
rear-facing child restraint system on the
front passenger seat with the passenger airbag off switch in the AUTO position. In the event of an accident, the
force of the rapid inflation of the front
passenger airbag can cause death or
serious injury to the child if the rear-facing child restraint system is installed on
the front passenger seat.
l Access Cab models: If you must install
a rear-facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, make sure
that the passenger airbag off switch is
in the OFF position with the key
removed and that the indicator light is
on.
106
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 107 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n Child restraint precautions
l Access Cab models: A forward-facing child restraint system which belongs
to a passenger risk group should never be installed on the front passenger
seat with the passenger airbag off switch in the AUTO position, because
the force of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the
child in forward seating position. (→P. 94)
l Regular Cab models: Do not install a child restraint system on the center
seat if it interferes with driving operations such as gear shifting. In this
case, install the child restraint system on the right passenger seat.
l Regular Cab models: The driver and passengers sit on a bench seat in
this vehicle. Therefore, when installing a child restraint system, the seat
must be moved back from the SRS airbag as far as possible while also
maintaining the driver’s seating position. Otherwise, the force of the rapid
inflation of the airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child.
l Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system
with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of collision.
l Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side
rail from which the side airbags or curtain shield airbags deploy even if the
child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the force of the rapid inflation
could cause death or serious injury to the child.
l Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
107
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
1
Before driving
l A forward-facing child restraint system should be allowed to be installed
on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. Always move the
seat as far back as possible even if AIR BAG OFF indicator light is illuminated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured.
TACOMA_U.book Page 108 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n When the child restraint system is not in use
l Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the restraint unsecured in the passenger compartment.
l If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle. This will prevent it from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop or accident.
108
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 109 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Installing child restraints
Follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions. Firmly
secure child restraints to the seats using a seat belt or a child
restraint lower anchor belt. Attach the top strap when installing a
child restraint.
Child restraint lower anchorages
Access Cab models
Lower anchorages are provided for the front passenger seat and left rear
passenger seats.
Buttons displaying the location of the anchorages are
attached to the seats. (if
equipped)
Double Cab models
Lower anchorages are provided for the outside rear
seats.
Buttons displaying the location of the anchorages are
attached to the seats.
109
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
Seat belts equipped with a
child restraint locking mechanism (ALR/ELR belts except
driver’s seat belt) (→P. 56)
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 110 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Anchor bracket (for top strap)
Regular Cab models
Anchor brackets are provided for all passenger
seats.
Access Cab models
Anchor brackets are provided for the front passenger seat and left rear
passenger seat.
Double Cab models
Anchor brackets are provided for all rear passenger
seats.
Installing the child restraint system on the front passenger seat
(Access Cab models)
When you install a child restraint system which belongs to a passenger risk group on the front passenger seat, do the following procedure.
Turn the passenger airbag off
switch counterclockwise to the
OFF position and remove the
key.
The AIR BAG OFF indicator light
comes on when the front passenger airbag system is off. (→P. 93)
110
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 111 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n Rear-facing child restraint system
If you must install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat, make sure that the passenger airbag off switch is in the OFF position
with the key removed and that the indicator light is on.
A forward-facing child restraint system which belongs to a passenger risk
group should never be installed on the front passenger seat with the passenger airbag off switch in the AUTO position, because the force of the deploying airbag could cause death or serious injury to the child in forward seating
position. (→P. 94)
Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock function belt)
n Rear-facing (Regular Cab models) — Infant seat/convertible
seat
Never install a rear-facing child restraint. Your vehicle is not
designed to carry an infant.
n Rear-facing (Access Cab and Double Cab models only) ⎯
Infant seat/convertible seat
Place the child seat on the rear
seat facing the rear of the vehicle.
111
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
n Forward-facing child restraint system
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 112 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Run the seat belt through the
child seat and insert the plate
into the buckle. Make sure that
the belt is not twisted.
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and then allow it to retract
slightly in order to activate the
ALR lock mode.
Lock mode allows the seat belt to
retract only.
While pushing the child seat
down into the rear seat, allow the
shoulder belt to retract until the
child seat is securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended.
n Forward-facing ⎯ Convertible seat
Place the child seat on the seat
facing the front of the vehicle.
112
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 113 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Run the seat belt through the
child seat and insert the plate
into the buckle. Make sure that
the belt is not twisted.
1
Lock mode allows the seat belt to
retract only.
While pushing the child seat into
the rear seat, allow the shoulder
belt to retract until the child seat
is securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended
n Booster seat
Place the booster seat on the
seat facing the front of the vehicle.
113
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and then allow it to retract
slightly in order to activate the
ALR lock mode.
TACOMA_U.book Page 114 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Sit the child in the booster seat.
Fit the seat belt to the booster
seat according to the manufacturer’s instructions and insert the
plate into the buckle. Make sure
that the belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is
correctly positioned over the
child’s shoulder, and that the lap
belt is as low as possible.
(→P. 56)
Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
Installation with child restraint lower anchors (Access Cab models)
n Installing on the front seat
Fold down the front seat seatback and back to the 1st lock
position (most upright position)
until it locks into place. Adjust the
seatback to the 10th lock position.
1st lock position
10th lock position
114
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 115 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Vehicles without seatback table (Type A)
Widen the gap between
the seat cushion and
seatback slightly.
If the child restraint has a
top strap, the top strap
should be latched onto the
anchorages.
Canada
only
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
Vehicles without seatback table (Type B)
Widen the gap between
the seat cushion and
seatback slightly.
Latch the buckles onto
the anchorages.
If the child restraint has a
top strap, the top strap
should be latched onto the
anchorages.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
Canada
only
115
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
1
Before driving
Latch the hooks of the
lower straps onto the
anchorages and tighten
the lower straps.
TACOMA_U.book Page 116 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Vehicles with seatback table (Type A)
Widen the slits of the seat
cushion slightly.
Latch the hooks of the
lower straps onto the
anchorages and tighten
the lower straps.
If the child restraint has a
top strap, the top strap
should be latched onto the
anchorages.
Canada
only
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
Vehicles with seatback table (Type B)
Widen the slits of the seat
cushion slightly.
Latch the buckles onto
the anchorages.
If the child restraint has a
top strap, the top strap
should be latched onto the
anchorages.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
Canada
only
116
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 117 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
n Installing on the rear seat
Type A
Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the anchorages and
tighten the lower straps.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
Canada
only
Type B
Latch the buckles
anchorages.
onto
the
If the child restraint has a top
strap, the top strap should be
latched onto the anchorages.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
Canada
only
117
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
If the child restraint has a top
strap, the top strap should be
latched onto the anchorages.
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 118 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Installation with child restraint lower anchors (Double Cab models)
Type A
Widen the gap between
the seat cushion and
seatback slightly.
Latch the hooks of the
lower straps onto the
anchorages and tighten
the lower straps.
If the child restraint has a
top strap, the top strap
should be latched onto the
anchorages.
Canada
only
118
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
TACOMA_U.book Page 119 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Type B
Widen the gap between
the seat cushion and
seatback slightly.
If the child restraint has a
top strap, the top strap
should be latched onto the
anchorages.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence of
a lower connector system.
Canada
only
Child restraint systems with a top strap (Regular Cab models)
Remove the head restraint.
Installing position:
Right side passenger seat
Center passenger seat
119
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
1
Before driving
Latch the buckles onto
the anchorages.
TACOMA_U.book Page 120 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Swing the seatback forward
slightly (→P. 46) and remove the
anchor bracket covers.
Installing position:
Right side passenger seat
Center passenger seat
Store the removed cover in a safe
place such as the glove box.
Right side passenger seat
Route the top strap through
the routing device as shown in
the illustration.
Make sure the top strap is not
twisted.
Latch the hook
anchor bracket.
onto
the
Return the seatback to its original position.
Make sure the seatback is
securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of
the seatback.
120
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 121 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Center passenger seat
Route the top strap through
the routing device as shown in
the illustration.
1
Make sure the top strap is not
twisted.
onto
the
Return the seatback to its original position.
Make sure the seatback is
securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of
the seatback.
Secure the child restraint using a seat belt or lower anchors,
and tighten the top strap.
Make sure the top strap is securely latched.
Replace the head restraint.
Installing position:
Right side passenger seat
Center passenger seat
121
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
Latch the hook
anchor bracket.
TACOMA_U.book Page 122 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Child restraint systems with a top strap (Access Cab models)
n Installing on the front seat
Remove the head restraint.
Remove the anchor bracket
cover.
Store the removed cover in a safe
place such as the glove box.
Secure the child restraint using a seat belt or lower anchors.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top strap.
Make sure the top strap is
securely latched.
Replace the head restraint.
122
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 123 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
n Installing on the rear seat
Remove the anchor bracket covers.
Store the removed covers in a
safe place such as the glove box.
Route the top strap through
the routing device as shown in
the illustration.
Make sure the top strap is not
twisted.
Latch the hook onto the
anchor bracket and tighten the
top strap.
Make sure the top strap is
securely latched.
Child restraint systems with a top strap (Double Cab models)
Remove the head restraint.
Installing position:
Outside passenger seat
Center passenger seat
123
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
Secure the child restraint using a seat belt or lower anchors.
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 124 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
Outside passenger seat
Swing the seatback forward
slightly. (→P. 51)
Latch the hook
anchor bracket.
onto
the
Return the seatback to its original position.
Make sure the seatback is
securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of
the seatback.
Center passenger seat
Swing the seatback forward
slightly. (→P. 51)
Latch the hook
anchor bracket.
onto
the
Return the seatback to its original position.
Make sure the seatback is
securely locked by pushing forward and rearward on the top of
the seatback.
Secure the child restraint using a seat belt or lower anchors,
and tighten the top strap.
Make sure the top strap is securely latched.
Replace the head restraint.
Installing position:
Outside passenger seat
Center passenger seat
124
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 125 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
n Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages
Anchorages conform to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifications can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to the SAE J1819.
n When installing a booster seat
Do not fully extend the shoulder belt to prevent the belt from going to ALR
lock mode. (→P. 58)
l ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only which could cause injury or discomfort to the child.
l Do not allow the child to play with the seat belt or the child could be killed
or seriously injured.
n When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden
braking or an accident.
l Access Cab and Double Cab models: If
the driver’s seat interferes with the child
restraint system and prevents it from
being attached correctly, attach the
child restraint system to the right-hand
rear seat.
l Access Cab and Double Cab models:
Adjust the front passenger seat so that
it does not interfere with the child
restraint system.
125
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Before driving
CAUTION
1
TACOMA_U.book Page 126 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
1-7. Safety information
CAUTION
n When installing a child restraint system
l Only put a forward-facing or booster
child seat on the front seat when it is
unavoidable. When installing a forward
-facing or booster child seat on the front
passenger seat, move the seat as far
back as possible even if AIR BAG OFF
indicator light is illuminated. Failing to
do so may result in death or serious
injury if the airbags deploy (inflate).
l When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of an accident or sudden braking.
l Ensure that the belt and tab are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
l Push and pull the child restraint system in different directions to be sure it
is secure.
l Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
l After securing the child restraint system, never slide or recline the seat.
n Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a collision.
n To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchorages
When using the lower anchorages, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchorages and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached, or it may
cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of
a sudden stop or accident.
126
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 128 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driving.
n Starting the engine
→P. 138
n Driving
Automatic transmission
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D.
(→P. 141)
Release the parking brake.
(→P. 148)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
Manual transmission
With the clutch pedal fully depressed, shift the shift lever to
1.
(→P. 144)
Release the parking brake.
(→P. 148)
Gradually release the clutch pedal. At the same time, gently
depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
n Stopping
Automatic transmission
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, shift
the shift lever to P or N.
(→P. 141)
Manual transmission
With the clutch pedal fully depressed, depress the brake
pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
When the vehicle is stopped for an extended period of time, shift
the shift lever to N.
(→P. 144)
128
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 129 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
n Parking the vehicle
Automatic transmission
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake.
(→P. 148)
Shift the shift lever to P.
(→P. 141)
When parking on a hill, if necessary, block the wheels.
Turn the engine switch off to stop the engine.
2
Manual transmission
With the clutch pedal fully depressed, depress the brake
pedal.
Set the parking brake.
(→P. 148)
Shift the shift lever to N.
(→P. 144)
When parking on a hill, shift the shift lever to 1 or R. If necessary,
block the wheels.
Turn the engine switch off to stop the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your
person.
Starting on a steep uphill
Automatic transmission
With the brake pedal depressed, firmly set the parking brake
and shift the shift lever to D.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
Manual transmission
With the parking brake firmly set and the clutch pedal fully
depressed, shift the shift lever to 1.
129
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your
person.
TACOMA_U.book Page 130 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
Lightly depress the accelerator pedal at the same time as
gradually releasing the clutch pedal.
Release the parking brake.
n Driving in the rain
l Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the
windows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
l Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be
especially slippery.
l Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road
surface, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
n Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, the following precautions are recommended
to observe:
l For the first 200 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
l For the first 500 miles (800 km):
Do not tow a trailer.
l For the first 1000 miles (1600 km):
•
•
•
•
•
Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
Avoid sudden acceleration.
Do not drive continuously in the low gears.
Do not drive slowly with the manual transmission in a high gear.
Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
n Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (→P. 467)
n Normal characteristics after turning off the engine
Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear sound
coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a
fuel evaporation leakage check and, it does not indicate a malfunction.
130
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 131 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When starting the vehicle
Vehicles with an automatic transmission, always keep your foot on the brake
pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from
creeping.
n When driving the vehicle
l Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accelerator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
l Vehicles with an automatic transmission, do not let the vehicle roll backwards while the shift lever is in a driving position, or roll forward while the
shift lever is in R.
Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering
performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
l If the smell of exhaust is noticed inside the vehicle, open the windows and
check that the back window is closed. Large amounts of exhaust in the
vehicle can cause driver drowsiness and an accident, resulting in death or
a serious health hazard. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
l Do not under any circumstances shift the shift lever to P, R or N (automatic
transmission) or R (manual transmission) while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can cause significant damage to the transmission system and
may result in a loss of vehicle control.
131
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident
that could result in death or serious injury.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a difficulty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly, allowing you to depress the brake and accelerator
pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, resulting in an accident.
l Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. This may
cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
2
TACOMA_U.book Page 132 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When driving the vehicle
l Do not shift the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so may cause the engine brake to not operate properly and lead to
an accident.
l Do not turn the engine off while driving.
The power steering and brake booster systems will not operate properly if
the engine is not running.
l Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (→P. 142, 145)
l When stopped on an inclined surface, use the brake pedal and parking
brake to prevent the vehicle from rolling backward or forward and causing
an accident.
l Do not adjust the position of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control that can cause accidents
that may result in death or serious injury.
l Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their bodies are not outside the vehicle, as this may result in death or serious injury.
l Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit permits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has highspeed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer
to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability
tires or not before driving at such speeds.
n When driving on slippery road surfaces
l Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle, resulting in an accident.
l Sudden changes in engine speed, such as engine braking caused by upshifting or down-shifting, may cause the vehicle to skid, resulting in an
accident.
132
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 133 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When driving on slippery road surfaces
l After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected, resulting in
an accident.
n When shifting the shift lever
2
n When the vehicle is stopped
l Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other than P (automatic transmission only) or
N, the vehicle may accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, and may cause
an accident.
l Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and check that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
l Vehicles with an automatic transmission, always keep a foot on the brake
pedal while the engine is running to prevent an accident caused by the
vehicle moving.
n When the vehicle is parked
l Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following.
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of eye glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s electrical components.
133
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
l Vehicles with an automatic transmission, be careful not to shift the shift
lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident and result in death or serious injury.
TACOMA_U.book Page 134 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When the vehicle is parked
l Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P (automatic transmission only), stop the engine and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
l Do not touch the exhaust pipe while the engine is running or immediately
after turning the engine off.
Doing so may cause burns.
l Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead
to death or a serious health hazard.
n Exhaust gases
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO) that is colorless and
odorless. Inhaling exhaust gases may lead to death or a serious health hazard.
l If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area, stop the engine. In a closed
area, such as a garage, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
This may lead to death or a serious health hazard.
l The exhaust should be checked occasionally. If there is a hole or crack
caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.
Failure to do so may allow exhaust gases to enter the vehicle, resulting in
death or a serious health hazard.
l Toyota does not recommend occupying the rear cargo area when it is fitted
with a slide-in camper, camper shell or other type cover while the engine is
running. This caution applies to both driving and stopped or parked situations with the engine running. Particular care should be taken to prevent
exhaust gases from entering camper bodies, trailers or other enclosures
on or around your vehicle. If exhaust fumes are detected, open all windows and thoroughly ventilate the area.
134
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 135 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, you may accidentally move the shift
lever or depress the accelerator pedal, which could cause an accident or fire
due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly
ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to
death or a serious health hazard.
n When braking the vehicle
2
l If the power brake assist function does not operate, do not follow other
vehicles closely and avoid downhills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but it will require more force on the
pedal than usual. Braking distance may also increase.
l Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls.
Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted
brakes.
l The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems: If one of the
systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal
should be depressed more firmly than usual and braking distance
becomes longer.
Do not drive your vehicle with only a single brake system. Have your
brakes fixed immediately.
135
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
l When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and may cause one
side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also the parking
brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
TACOMA_U.book Page 136 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
NOTICE
n When driving the vehicle
Vehicles with a manual transmission
l Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving.
Doing so may cause clutch trouble.
l Do not use any gears other than the first gear when starting off and moving forward.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
l Do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle when stopping on an uphill grade.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
l Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress accelerator and brake pedals
together to hold the vehicle on a hill.
n When parking the vehicle
Vehicles with an automatic transmission: Always put the shift lever in P.
Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
n Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
l Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for a
long time.
Doing so may damage the power steering pump.
l When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
n If you hear a squealing or scraping noise while driving (brake pad wear
limit indicators)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible.
The rotor damage can result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or that of the brake discs are exceeded.
136
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 137 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
NOTICE
n If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually press the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle.
l It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
l The vehicle will make abnormal sounds.
l The vehicle will behave abnormally.
2
Replace a flat tire with a new one. (→P. 439)
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle.
l Engine stalling
l Short in electrical components
l Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following.
l Brake function
l Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine, transmission, transfer (4WD vehicles), differentials, etc.
l Lubricant condition for the propeller shaft, bearings and suspension joints
(where possible) and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.
137
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
n When encountering flooded roads
TACOMA_U.book Page 138 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
n Engine switch
LOCK
The steering wheel is locked
and the key can be removed.
ACC
Some electrical components
such as the audio system can
be used.
ON
All electrical components can
be used.
START
For starting the engine.
n Starting the engine
Automatic transmission
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P.
Sit in the driver’s seat and firmly depress the brake pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the START position and start the
engine.
Manual transmission
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in N.
Firmly depress the brake pedal and clutch pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the START position and start the
engine.
138
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 139 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
n Turning the key from ACC to LOCK
Shift the shift lever to P (automatic transmission) or N (manual transmission). (→P. 141,
144)
Push in the key and turn to the
LOCK position.
2
n Steering lock release
n If the engine does not start (vehicles with engine immobilizer system)
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 76)
n Key reminder function
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened, while the engine switch is in
the ACC or LOCK position to remind you to remove the key.
CAUTION
n When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
139
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
When starting the engine, the engine
switch may seem stuck in the LOCK position. To free it, turn the key while turning
the steering wheel slightly in either direction.
TACOMA_U.book Page 140 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
CAUTION
n Caution while driving
Do not turn the engine switch to the LOCK position.
If in an emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving,
turn the engine switch only to the ACC position.
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the engine switch in the ACC or ON position for long periods if
the engine is not running.
n When starting the engine
l Do not crank for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overheat the
starter and wiring systems.
l Do not race a cold engine.
l If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have the engine
checked immediately.
140
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 141 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
Automatic Transmission (if equipped)
Select a shift position appropriate for the driving conditions.
n Shifting the shift lever
5-speed models
2
When driving
While the engine switch is on, depress the brake pedal and
move the shift lever.
4-speed models
While the engine switch is on, depress the brake pedal and
move the shift lever.
141
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 142 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
n Shift position uses
Function
Shift position
*:
5-speed models
4-speed models
P
Parking the vehicle or starting the engine
R
Reversing
N
Neutral
D
Normal driving*
4
Position for engine braking
—
3
Position for more powerful
engine braking
Position for engine braking
2
Position for more powerful engine braking
L
Position for maximum engine braking
To improve fuel consumption and reduce noises, set the shift lever in
D for normal driving.
n Downshifting restrictions
The shift lever cannot be downshifted if the following speeds are exceeded.
2WD models
mph (km/h)
Downshifting
Maximum speed
5-speed models
4-speed models
4→3
82 (133)
—
3→2
54 (88)
74 (119)
2→L
24 (39)
35 (57)
142
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 143 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
4WD models
mph (km/h)
Downshifting
4→3
3→2
2→L
Maximum speed
H2 and H4
82 (133)
L4
31 (51)
H2 and H4
54 (88)
L4
21 (34)
H2 and H4
24 (39)
L4
9 (15)
2
n When driving with the cruise control system (if equipped)
The engine brake will not operate when downshifting from D to 4 (5-speed
models) or 3 (4-speed models). (→P. 163)
n If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
→P. 450
143
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
Transfer position
TACOMA_U.book Page 144 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
Manual Transmission (if equipped)
n Shifting the shift lever
6-speed models
Fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever, and
then release it slowly.
5-speed models
Fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever, and
then release it slowly.
144
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 145 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
n Maximum allowable speed
Observe the following maximum allowable speeds in each gear when maximum acceleration is necessary.
2WD models except PreRunner
mph (km/h)
Shift position
Maximum speed
5-speed models
1
32 (52)
33 (53)
2
61 (99)
63 (101)
3
91 (146)
90 (146)
4
113 (182)
130 (209)
2
When driving
6-speed models
PreRunner
mph (km/h)
Shift position
Maximum speed
6-speed models
5-speed models
1
30 (49)
30 (48)
2
58 (93)
57 (92)
3
85 (137)
82 (133)
4
106 (171)
118 (190)
5
127 (204)
—
145
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 146 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
4WD models
mph (km/h)
Shift position
1
2
3
4
5
Transfer position
Maximum speed
6-speed models
5-speed models
H2 and H4
30 (49)
30 (48)
L4
11 (19)
11 (18)
H2 and H4
58 (93)
57 (92)
L4
22 (36)
22 (36)
H2 and H4
85 (137)
82 (133)
L4
33 (53)
32 (51)
H2 and H4
106 (171)
118 (190)
L4
41 (66)
46 (74)
H2 and H4
127 (204)
—
L4
49 (79)
—
n Reverse warning buzzer (6-speed models only)
When shifting into R, a buzzer will sound to inform the driver that the shift
lever is in R.
146
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 147 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
Turn signal lever
Right turn
Left turn
Move and hold the lever
partway to signal a lane
change.
The right hand signal will flash
until you release the lever.
The left hand signal will flash
until you release the lever.
n Turn signals can be operated when
The engine switch is in the ON position.
n If the indicators flash faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
147
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
Move and hold the lever
partway to signal a lane
change.
TACOMA_U.book Page 148 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
Parking brake
Lever type
l Sets the parking brake
Fully set the parking brake
while depressing the brake
pedal.
At this time, the indicator will
come on.
l Release the parking brake
Press the button
Turn the lever clockwise
Press it in completely
Pedal type
Sets the parking brake*.
(Depressing the pedal again
releases the parking brake.)
At this time, the indicator will
come on.
*: Fully depress the parking
brake pedal with your left
foot while depressing the
brake pedal with your right
foot.
148
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 149 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-1. Driving procedures
n Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
The buzzer sounds to indicate that parking brake is still engaged (with the
vehicle having reach a speed of 3 mph [5 km/h]).
NOTICE
n Before driving
149
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
TACOMA_U.book Page 150 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-2. Gauges and meters
Gauges and meters
The following gauges, meters and displays illuminate when the
engine switch is in the ON position.
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute.
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed.
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank.
ODO/TRIP button
Switches between odometer and trip meter displays. Pushing and holding the button will reset the trip meter when the trip meter is being displayed.
150
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 151 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-2. Gauges and meters
Odometer/trip meter
Odometer:
Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter:
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter was
last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display different distances independently.
2
Odometer and trip meter display button
Odometer
Trip meter A*
Trip meter B*
*
:Pushing and holding the button
will reset the trip meter.
Instrument panel light control
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
Brighter
Darker
151
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
Pressing this button switches between odometer and trip meter displays.
TACOMA_U.book Page 152 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-2. Gauges and meters
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the engine and its components
l Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which
indicates the maximum engine speed.
l The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant temperature gauge is
in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (→P. 456)
152
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 153 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-2. Gauges and meters
Indicators and warning lights
The indicator and warning lights on the instrument cluster and center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s various systems.
Instrument cluster
2
When driving
Center panel
153
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 154 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-2. Gauges and meters
n Indicators
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the
vehicle’s various systems.
Turn signal indicator
(→P. 147)
Headlight high beam
indicator (→P. 157)
Headlight indicator
(→P. 157)
(U.S.A.)
*1,2
*1
*1
(if equipped)
Tail light indicator
(→P. 157)
*1
Slip indicator
(→P. 174, 176, 185)
VSC OFF indicator
(→P. 176,185)
Downhill assist control
system indicator
(→P. 181)
RSCA OFF indicator
(→P. 95)
(Canada)
(if equipped)
Security indicator
(→P. 76)
(if equipped)
*1
(5-speed
automatic
transmission
vehicles)
Shift position and shift
range indicators
(→P. 141)
Active traction control
system indicator
(→P. 174)
AUTO LSD indicator
(→P. 176)
Four-wheel drive
indicator(→P. 170)
(4WD models)
4LO indicator (→P. 170)
(4-speed
automatic
transmission
vehicles)
Shift position and shift
range indicators
(→P. 141)
(4WD models)
*1
Rear differential lock
indicator (→P. 178)
(if equipped)
Cruise control indicator
(→P. 163)
(if equipped)
154
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
*1
AIR BAG ON indicator
(→P. 97)
TACOMA_U.book Page 155 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-2. Gauges and meters
*1
AIR BAG OFF indicator
(→P. 97)
n Warning lights
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in any of the
vehicle’s systems. (→P. 424)
*1
(Canada)
(U.S.A.)
1
*
(U.S.A.)
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
2
*1
When driving
*1
*1,3
(if equipped)
*1:These
lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the ON
position to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will
turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may
be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if the
lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
*2:The indicator flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
*3:The indicator light comes on to indicate a malfunction.
CAUTION
n If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as ABS and the SRS airbag warning light
not come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems
are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in
death or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately if this occurs.
155
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 156 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-2. Gauges and meters
Accessory meter (if equipped)
Outside temperature
Displays the outside air
temperature. (→P. 308)
Compass
Displays the direction that
the vehicle is heading.
(→P. 332)
Display button
Every time you press this
button, the display toggles
through the following information.
Compass and outside
temperature (°F)
Compass and outside
temperature (°C)
Display off
(no compass)
n The accessory meter can be operated when
The engine switch must be in the ON position.
156
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 157 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Headlight switch
The headlights can be operated manually.
The side marker, parking, tail, license plate
and instrument panel
lights turn on.
The headlights and all
lights listed above turn
on.
When driving
Canada
U.S.A.
Turning on the high beam headlights
With the headlights on, push
the lever forward to turn on the
high beams.
Pull the lever back to the center
position to turn the high beams
off.
Pull the lever toward you to
turn on the high beams.
Release the lever to turn them off.
You can flash the high beams
with the headlights on or off.
157
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
TACOMA_U.book Page 158 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
n Daytime running light system (if equipped)
To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers, the front turn signal lights
turn on automatically whenever the engine is started and the parking brake
is released. Daytime running lights are not designed for use at night.
n Automatic light off system
Opening the driver’s door with the engine switch in the ACC or LOCK position will turn the headlights and tail lights off.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to the ON position, or turn
the headlight switch off once and then back to the
or
position.
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not running.
158
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 159 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Fog light switch (if equipped)
The fog lights improve visibility in difficult driving conditions, such
as in rain or fog.
On/off
2
When driving
n The fog lights can be turned on only when
The headlights are on low beam.
159
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 160 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Windshield wipers and washer
n Without intermittent type
Low speed windshield wiper
operation
High speed windshield
wiper operation
Temporary operation
Washer operation
160
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 161 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
n Intermittent wiper with interval adjuster
Wiper intervals can be adjusted for intermittent operation (when INT is
selected).
Intermittent
windshield
wiper operation
Low speed windshield wiper
operation
High speed windshield
wiper operation
2
Temporary operation
When driving
Intermittent wiper interval
adjustment (increase)
Intermittent wiper interval
adjustment (decrease)
161
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 162 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Washer/wiper dual operation
Wipers will automatically operate a couple of times after the
washer squirts.
n The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when
The engine switch must be in the ON position.
n If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked and if there is washer fluid in
the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
NOTICE
n When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
n When there is no washer fluid spray from the nozzle
Damage to the washer fluid pump may be caused if the lever is pulled
toward you and held continually.
n When a nozzle becomes block
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
162
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 163 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Cruise control (if equipped)
Use cruise control to maintain a set speed without using the accelerator.
Indicator
Cruise control switch
2
Press the ON-OFF button to
turn the cruise control on.
At this time, the cruise control
indicator will come on.
Press the button once more to
deactivate the cruise control.
Accelerate or decelerate to
the desired speed and push
the lever down to set the
cruise control speed.
163
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
n Set the vehicle speed
TACOMA_U.book Page 164 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Adjusting the speed setting
Increase speed
Decrease speed
Hold the lever until the desired
speed setting is obtained.
Fine adjustment of the set
speed (approximately 1.0 mph
[1.6 km/h]) can be made by
lightly pushing the lever up or
down and releasing it.
n Canceling and resuming regular acceleration
Cancel
Pull the lever towards you to
cancel cruise control.
The speed setting is also canceled when the brakes are
applied
or
the
clutch
depressed (manual transmission).
Resume
To resume cruise control and
return to the set speed, push
the lever up.
n Cruise control can be set when
l The shift lever is in D, 4 (vehicles with 5-speed automatic transmission)
or 3 (vehicles with 4-speed automatic transmission).
l Vehicle speed is more than approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
n Accelerating
The vehicle can be accelerated normally.
164
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 165 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Automatic cruise control cancelation
The set speed is automatically cancelled in any of the following situations.
l Actual vehicle speed falls more than 10 mph (16 km/h) below the preset
vehicle speed.
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
l Actual vehicle speed is below 25 mph (40 km/h).
l VSC is activated.
n If the cruise control indicator light flashes
2
CAUTION
n To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake
Keep the ON-OFF button off when not in use.
n Situations unsuitable for cruise control
Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in control of the vehicle being lost and could cause serious or fatal accident.
l In heavy traffic
l On roads with sharp bends
l On winding roads
l On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
l On steep hills
l When towing a trailer
165
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
Press the ON-OFF button to turn the cruise control off, and then reactivate
the system.
If the cruise control speed cannot be set or if the cruise control cancels
immediately after being activated, there may be a malfunction in the cruise
control system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
TACOMA_U.book Page 166 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Rear view monitor system (vehicles with auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror)
The rear view monitor system assists the driver by displaying an
image of the area behind the vehicle. The image is displayed in
reverse on the screen. This reversed image is a similar image to the
one on the inside rear view mirror.
The rear view image is displayed on the inside rear view
mirror.
If the shift lever is shifted out of
R, the screen is turned off.
Automatic transmission
Manual transmission
Screen
n The rear view monitor system can be operated when
The shift lever is in R and engine switch is ON.
166
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 167 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Switching the screen ON/OFF mode
While displaying the screen, press the
AUTO button on the inside the rear view
mirror to switch the screen ON/OFF
mode.
Screen ON mode: Green indicator comes
on.
Screen OFF mode: Orange indicator
comes on.
n Displayed area
The area covered by the camera is limited. Objects that are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper cannot be seen on the screen.
The area displayed on the screen may
vary according to vehicle orientation or
road conditions.
167
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
The auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror will revert to the automatic mode
each time the engine switch is turned
on.
TACOMA_U.book Page 168 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Rear view monitor system camera
In the following cases, it may become difficult to see the images on the screen,
even when the system is functioning correctly.
l The vehicle is in a dark area, such
as at night.
l The temperature near the lens is
extremely high or low.
l Water droplets are on the camera
lens or humidity is high, such as
when it rains.
l Foreign matter, such as snow or
mud, adheres to the camera lens.
l The sun or headlights are shining
directly into the camera lens.
n Smear effect
If a bright light, such as sunlight
reflected off the vehicle body, is picked
up by the camera, a smear effect* characteristic to the camera may occur.
*: Smear effect: A phenomenon that
occurs when a bright light is picked
up by the camera; when transmitted
by the camera, the light source
appears to have a vertical streak
above and below it.
168
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 169 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
n When using the rear view monitor system, observe the following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in death or serious injuries.
l Never depend solely on the monitor system when reversing.
l Always check visually and with the mirrors to confirm your intended path is
clear.
l Depicted distances between objects and flat surfaces differ from actual
distances.
2
l Do not use the system if the tailgate open.
When driving
n Conditions which may affect the rear view monitor system
l If the back of the vehicle has been hit, the camera’s position and mounting
angle may have changed. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
l Rapid temperature changes, such as when hot water is poured on the
vehicle in cold weather, may cause the system to function abnormally.
l If the camera lens is dirty, it cannot transmit a clear image. Rinse with
water and wipe with a soft cloth. If extremely dirty, wash with a mild
cleanser and rinse.
l The displayed image may be darker and moving images may be slightly
distorted when the system is cold.
169
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 170 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Four-wheel drive system (if equipped)
Use the front-wheel drive control switch to select the following
transfer modes.
H2 (high speed position,
two-wheel drive)
Normal driving
H4 (high speed position,
four-wheel drive)
Greater traction than two
wheel drive.
When you experience a
loss of power, such as
wheel slipping.
The four-wheel drive indicator comes on.
L4 (low speed
four-wheel drive)
position,
Driving requiring maximum
power and traction such as
climbing or descending
steep hills, off-road driving,
and hard pulling in sand or
mud, etc.
The four-wheel drive and
4LO indicators come on.
170
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 171 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Shifting between H4 and L4
n Shifting from H4 to L4
Automatic transmission
Stop the vehicle completely.
Shift the shift lever to N.
Manual transmission
Stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than 2 mph (3
km/h).
Depress the clutch pedal all the way.
Push and turn the front-wheel drive control switch fully clockwise.
If the four-wheel drive indicator flashes and the buzzer
sounds, try the above steps again.
n Shifting from L4 to H4
Automatic transmission
Stop the vehicle completely.
Shift the shift lever to N.
Turn the front-wheel drive control switch counterclockwise.
If the four-wheel drive indicator flashes and the buzzer
sounds, try the above steps again.
Manual transmission
Stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than 2 mph (3
km/h).
Depress the clutch pedal all the way.
Turn the front-wheel drive control switch counterclockwise.
If the four-wheel drive indicator flashes and the buzzer
sounds, try the above steps again.
171
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
Push and turn the front-wheel drive control switch fully clockwise.
If the four-wheel drive indicator flashes and the buzzer
sounds, try the above steps again.
TACOMA_U.book Page 172 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Shifting between H2 and H4
l Shifting from H2 to H4
Reduce the vehicle speed to less than 62 mph (100 km/h) and turn the
front-wheel drive control switch fully clockwise.
l Shifting from H4 to H2.
Turn the front-wheel drive control switch fully counterclockwise.
This can be done at any speed. You need not depress the clutch pedal.
(manual transmission)
n If the four-wheel drive indicator light or the 4LO indicator light blinks
l Shifting from H2 to H4
• If the four-wheel drive indicator continues to blink, drive straight ahead
while accelerating or decelerating.
• If the four-wheel drive indicator continues to blink and the buzzer
sounds, stop the vehicle or reduce the vehicle speed to less than 62
mph (100 km/h). Operate the switch again.
l Shifting from H4 to H2
• If the four-wheel drive indicator continues to blink, drive straight ahead
while accelerating or decelerating, or drive forward or backward in a
short distance.
l Shifting to H4 or L4
Automatic transmission
If the 4LO indicator continues to blink when you operate the front-wheel
drive control switch to the H4 or L4 position, drive forward or backward in a
short distance, then stop the vehicle completely, shift the automatic transmission selector lever securely into N and operate the switch again.
Manual transmission
If the 4LO indicator continues to blink when you operate the front-wheel
drive control switch to the H4 or L4 position, drive forward or backward in a
short distance, then stop the vehicle completely, depress the clutch pedal
and operate the switch again.
If the indicator light continues to blink even if doing so, contact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible. There may be a trouble in the four-wheel drive
system.
172
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 173 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Shifting to L4.
VSC is automatically turned off.
n Four-wheel drive usage frequency
You should drive in four-wheel drive for at least 10 miles (16 km) each
month.
This will assure that the front-drive components are lubricated.
CAUTION
2
n Caution while driving
173
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
Never operate the front-wheel drive control switch if the wheels are slipping.
Stop the slipping or spinning before operating.
TACOMA_U.book Page 174 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Active traction control system (if equipped)
The active traction control system automatically helps prevent the
spinning of 4 wheels when the vehicle is started or accelerated on
slippery road surfaces.
n System operation
Vehicles with an automatic transmission:
Stop the vehicle, shift the shift lever to N and put the frontwheel drive control switch in the L4 position.
Vehicles with a manual transmission:
Stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than 2 mph (3
km/h). Depress the clutch pedal and put the front-wheel
drive control switch in the L4 position.
Press the A-TRAC switch to
activate the system.
At this time, the active traction
control system indicator will
come on.
To cancel the system, push the
switch again.
When the active traction control system is operating
If four wheels spin, the slip indicator flashes to indicate that the
active traction control system
has been engaged.
174
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 175 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n When the rear differential is locked (vehicles with the rear differential
lock system)
The active traction control system is activated only when the vehicle speed
is less than 3 mph (6 km/h).
n Sounds and vibrations caused by the active traction control system
l A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the engine is
started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has occurred in the system.
n If the brake system overheats
The system will cease operation, a buzzer will sound and A-TRAC indicator
blink to alert the driver. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. (There is no problem
with continuing normal driving.)
The system will be automatically restored after a short time.
CAUTION
n The active traction control system may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slippery road surfaces, even if the active traction control system is operating.
Do not drive the vehicle in conditions where stability and power may be lost.
175
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
l Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering. It may
occur when the system is operating.
TACOMA_U.book Page 176 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
AUTO LSD system
The AUTO LSD system aids traction by using the traction control
system to control engine performance and braking when one of the
rear wheels begins to spin.
The system should be used only when one of the rear wheels spinning occurs in a ditch or rough surface.
n System operation
The system can be used on 2WD models and in 2WD mode on
4WD models.
Press the VSC OFF switch to
turn on the system.
At this time, the AUTO LSD
and VSC OFF indicators will
come on simultaneously.
To turn off the system, push
the switch again.
If the engine is turned off while
the AUTO LSD indicator is on
and then restarted, the indicator will turn off automatically.
When the AUTO LSD system is operating
If the rear wheels spin, the slip
indicator flashes to indicate that
the AUTO LSD system has been
controlled the spinning of the
rear wheels.
176
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 177 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Automatic VSC reactivation
If the AUTO LSD system is turned on and the vehicle speed decreases, the
VSC system will turn off and the VSC OFF indicator will turn on. or, if the
vehicle speed increases the VSC system will turn on and the VSC OFF indicator will turn off.
n If the brake system overheats
The system will cease operation and a buzzer will sound to alert the driver.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place. (There is no problem with continuing normal
driving.)
When driving
The system will be automatically restored after a short time.
CAUTION
n To avoid an accident
l Do not use the AUTO LSD system in conditions other than the above.
A much greater steering effort and more careful cornering control will be
required.
l Do not drive with the AUTO LSD system continuously turned on.
177
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
TACOMA_U.book Page 178 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Rear differential lock system (if equipped)
The rear differential lock system is provided for use only when wheel
spinning occurs in a ditch or on a slippery or rugged surface.
The rear differential lock system is effective in case one of the rear
wheels is spinning.
Press the RR DIFF LOCK
switch to lock the rear differential.
At this time, the indicator will
blink. Wait a few seconds for
the system to complete operation. After the rear differential is
locked, the rear differential lock
indicator will stop blinking and
remain on.
To unlock the rear differential,
push the switch again.
Using the rear differential lock system
Automatic transmission
4WD models: Before using the rear differential lock system.
Stop the vehicle, shift the shift lever to N and put the frontwheel drive control switch in the L4 position to see if this is
sufficient. If this has no effect, additionally use the rear differential lock system.
Be sure to stop the wheels.
Press the RR DIFF LOCK switch.
After the rear differential is locked, the indicator will come on.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Unlock the rear differential as soon as the vehicle moves.
To unlock the rear differential, push the switch again.
178
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 179 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Manual transmission
4WD models: Before using the rear differential lock system.
Stop the vehicle or reduce your speed to less than 2 mph (3
km/h). Depress the clutch pedal and put the front-wheel drive
control switch in the L4 position to see if this is sufficient. If
this has no effect, additionally use the rear differential lock
system.
Be sure to stop the wheels.
2
Depress the clutch pedal.
When driving
Press the RR DIFF LOCK switch.
After the rear differential is locked, the indicator will come on.
Slowly release the clutch pedal.
Unlock the rear differential as soon as the vehicle moves.
To unlock the rear differential, push the switch again.
n Locking the rear differential
l When the rear differential is locked, VSC is automatically turned off.
(The rear differential lock and VSC OFF indicators come on.)
l The following systems do not operate when the rear differential is locked.
It is normal operation for the ABS warning light and VSC OFF indicator to
be on at this time. If the DAC switch turns on, the downhill assist control
system indicator light flashes.
•
•
•
•
•
•
ABS
Brake assist system
VSC
TRAC
Downhill assist control system
Hill-start assist control system
n The rear differential lock is disengaged when
l Shift the front-wheel drive control switch to H2 or H4 position. (4WD models)
Never forget to turn off the switch after using this feature.
179
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 180 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n After unlocking the rear differential
To check that the indicator goes off, turn the engine switch to the ON position, but do not start the engine.
CAUTION
n To avoid an accident
l Do not use the rear differential lock system except when wheel spinning
occurs in a ditch or on a slippery or ragged surface. Large steering effort
and careful cornering control will be required.
l Do not lock the rear differential until the wheels have stopped spinning.
Otherwise, the vehicle may move in an unexpected direction when the differential lock is engaged, resulting in an accident. This may also lead to
possible damage to differential lock component parts.
l Do not drive over 5 mph (8 km/h) when the differential is locked.
l Do not keep driving with the RR DIFF LOCK switch on.
180
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 181 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Downhill Assist Control system (if equipped)
The downhill assist control system helps to prevent excessive speed
on steep downhill descents.
n System operation
The system will operate when the vehicle is traveling under 15
mph (25 km/h) and the front-wheel drive control switch is in the
L4 position.
With the vehicle traveling at a
speed of 15 mph (25 km/h) or
less, release your foot from
the accelerator or brake pedal
to activate the system.
When the system is in operation, the slip indicator light will
flash, and the stop lights/high
mounted stop light will come
on. A sound may also occur
during the operation. This does
not indicate a malfunction.
n Turning off the system
Press the DAC switch while the system is in operation. The indicator will flash as the system gradually ceases operation, and
will turn off when the system is fully off.
Pressing the DAC switch while the indicator is flashing will start
the system again.
181
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
Press the DAC switch. The
indicator will come on, and the
system will operate.
TACOMA_U.book Page 182 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Operating tips
The system will operate when the shift lever is in a position other than P.
However, to make effective use of the system it is recommended that the
shift lever be shifted to 2 or L.
n The system will not operate when
l The front-wheel drive control switch is in the H2 or H4 position.
l The rear differential is locked.
n The downhill assist control system indicator light flashes when
l The selector lever is in the N position.
l The front-wheel drive control switch is in the H2 or H4 position.
l The rear differential is locked.
n If the brake system overheats
The system will cease operation and a buzzer will sound to alert the driver.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place. (There is no problem with continuing normal
driving.)
n System malfunction
l The downhill assist control system indicator does not come on when the
engine switch is turned to the ON position.
l The downhill assist control system indicator does not come on when the
DAC switch is pressed.
In the above cases have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
n Do not rely excessively on the downhill assist control system.
It may not be able to maintain a low speed over road surfaces on which sliding can easily occur, such as extremely steep slopes or icy or muddy roads.
182
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 183 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Clutch start cancel switch (if equipped)
The switch allows the vehicle to be driven out of difficult situations
by cranking the engine with the clutch engaged.
Never use the switch for normal engine starting. Be sure to follow the
starting procedure. (→P. 138)
Press the CLUTCH START
CANCEL switch to cancel the
clutch start system when the
engine switch is turned to the
ON position.
The clutch start cancel switch
is automatically turned off
when the engine switch is
turned off.
n Clutch start system
The system is designed to keep the starter motor from operating if the clutch
pedal is not depressed all the way down.
183
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
The indicator comes on when
the clutch start system is canceled.
2
TACOMA_U.book Page 184 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
Driving assist systems
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following systems operate automatically in response to various driving situations.
Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and
should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehicle.
n ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if
the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface.
n Brake Assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is
depressed, while the system detects a panic stop situation.
n VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or turning
on slippery road surfaces.
n TRAC (Traction Control)
Maintains drive power and prevents the rear wheels (2WD models) or
four wheels (4WD models) from spinning when starting the vehicle or
accelerating on slippery roads.
n Hill-start assist control (if equipped)
Helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting on an
incline or slippery slope. It operates for approximately 5 seconds at
maximum.
184
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 185 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
When the VSC/TRAC/hill-start assist control systems are operating
A buzzer (intermittent) sounds to
indicate that VSC is operating.
The stop lights and high mounted
stoplight turn on when the hillstart assist control system is
operating.
To disable TRAC and/or VSC
If the vehicle gets stuck in fresh snow or mud, TRAC and VSC may
reduce power from the engine to the wheels. You may need to turn
the system off to enable you to rock the vehicle in order to free it.
n Turning off TRAC (2WD models and 2WD mode on 4WD models)
Quickly push and release the
button to turn off TRAC.
The AUTO LSD indicator light
should come on.
Push the button again to turn the
system back on.
185
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
If the vehicle is in danger of slipping, the rear wheels (2WD models) or four wheels (4WD
models) spin, the vehicle starts
to roll backwards when starting
on an incline, this indicator
flashes to indicate that the VSC/
TRAC/hill-start assist control
systems have been engaged.
TACOMA_U.book Page 186 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Turning off TRAC and VSC
Push and hold the button for
more than 3 seconds while the
vehicle is stopped to turn off both
TRAC and VSC.
The VSC OFF indicator light
should come on.
Push the button again to turn both
systems back on.
n Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC
Turning the engine switch off after turning off the TRAC and VSC systems
will automatically re-enable them.
n Automatic TRAC reactivation (AUTO LSD mode)
With AUTO LSD mode, VSC OFF and AUTO LSD indicator lights turn on.
The TRAC system will turn on when the vehicle speed increases.
n Automatic TRAC and VSC reactivation
If the TRAC and VSC systems are turned off, the systems will not turn on
even when vehicle speed increases.
n Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, TRAC, VSC, brake assist
and hill-start assist control system
l A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the engine is
started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has occurred in any of these systems.
l Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
•
•
•
•
Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is activated.
The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
186
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 187 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
n Hill-start assist control is operational when (if equipped)
l The shift lever is in the D, 4, 3, 2 (5-speed automatic transmission), D, 3,
2 (4-speed automatic transmission) or L positions.
l The brake pedal is not depressed.
n Hill-start assist control will not operate when (if equipped)
l The shift lever is in the P, R or N positions.
l The rear differential is locked.
n If the brake system overheats
2
187
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
TRAC and hill-start control will cease operation and a buzzer will sound to
alert the driver. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. (There is no problem with
continuing normal driving.)
TACOMA_U.book Page 188 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
n The ABS does not operate effectively when
l The limits of the gripping performance have been exceeded.
l The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on the wet or slick
road.
n Stopping distance when the ABS is operating will exceed that of normal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you in the following situations.
l When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
l When driving with tire chains
l When driving over bumps in the road
l When driving over roads with potholes or roads with uneven roads
n When VSC is activated
The slip indicator flashes and a warning buzzer sounds. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may cause an accident. Exercise particular care when
the indicator flashes and a buzzer sounds.
n TRAC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slippery road surfaces, even if TRAC is operating.
Do not drive the vehicle in conditions where stability and power may be lost.
n If the hill-start assist control does not operate effectively
The hill start assist control may not operate effectively on steep inclines and
roads covered in ice.
n Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the same size, brand, tread pattern and total
load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the appropriate tire pressure level.
The ABS and VSC will not function correctly if different tires are fitted on the
vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
188
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 189 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving systems
CAUTION
n Handling of tires and suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause the system to malfunction.
2
When driving
189
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 190 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Off-road precautions (4WD models and PreRunner)
This vehicle has higher ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the height of its center of gravity to make it capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road applications.
Off-road vehicle feature
l Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity
than ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes
this type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, it has a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
l An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the
road allowing you to anticipate problems.
l It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as ordinary
passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed
to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. Therefore, sharp
turns at excessive speeds may cause rollover.
190
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 191 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
n Off-road vehicle precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle:
l In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers
should fasten their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving.
l Avoid loading any items on the roof that will raise the vehicle’s center of
gravity.
l Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and higher
center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordinary passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have much better control.
l When driving off-road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss
of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also
risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis.
l Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off-road vehicle)
can tip over sideways much more easily than forward or backward.
191
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
l Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible.
Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or
vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury.
TACOMA_U.book Page 192 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Off-road driving
When driving your vehicle off-road, please observe the following precautions to ensure your driving enjoyment and to help prevent the
closure of areas to off-road vehicles.
l Drive your vehicle only in areas where off-road vehicles are permitted to travel.
l Respect private property. Get owner’s permission before entering
private property.
l Do not enter areas that are closed. Honor gates, barriers and signs
that restrict travel.
l Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving techniques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to
roads.
n Additional information for off-road driving
For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and Puerto Rico:
To obtain additional information pertaining to driving your vehicle off-road,
consult the following organizations.
l State and Local Parks and Recreation Departments
l State Motor Vehicle Bureau
l Recreational Vehicle Clubs
l U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management
192
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 193 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
n Off-road driving precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of serious personal injury or damage to your vehicle:
l Drive carefully when off the road. Do not take unnecessary risks by driving
in dangerous places.
l Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when driving off-road. A bad bump
could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both hands and especially your thumbs on the outside of the rim.
l After driving through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check that
there is no grass, bush, paper, rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or trapped
on the underbody. Clear off any such matter from the underbody. If the
vehicle is used with these materials trapped or adhering to the underbody,
a breakdown or fire could occur.
l In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers
should fasten their seat belts whenever the vehicle is moving.
l When driving off-road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss
of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also
risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis.
193
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
l Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.
2
TACOMA_U.book Page 194 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
NOTICE
n To prevent the water damage
l Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the
engine or other components does not occur.
l Water entering the engine air intake will cause severe engine damage.
l Water entering the automatic transmission will cause deterioration in shift
quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage.
l Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and premature failure, and may also enter the differentials, transmission and
transfer case, reducing the gear oil’s lubricating qualities.
n When you drive through water
If driving through water, such as when crossing shallow streams, first check
the depth of the water and the bottom of the river bed for firmness. Drive
slowly and avoid deep water.
n Inspection after off-road driving
l Sand and mud that has accumulated in brake drums and around brake
discs may affect braking efficiency and may damage brake system components.
l Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off-road driving that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mud, or water. For
scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
194
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 195 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precautions, cargo capacity and load.
l Stow cargo and luggage in the rear deck whenever possible.
l Be sure all items are secured in place.
l Be careful to keep the vehicle level. Placing the weight as far forward as possible helps maintain vehicle balance.
2
l For better fuel economy, do not carry unnecessary weight.
Headboard rail
Side rails
To use the deck rails, you
must install genuine Toyota
accessories or their equivalent for the deck rails.
Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions and precautions
when installing a genuine
Toyota accessory or equivalent.
CAUTION
n When you secure cargo with the deck rails
Be sure to follow the instructions below in order to avoid the cargo coming loose.
l Do not install accessories (tie-down cleats, storage boxes, etc.) at
more than the following number of locations per deck rail.
• Side rail:
Short deck—Max. 3 locations
Long deck—Max. 4 locations
• Headboard rail:
Max 3 locations
195
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
n Deck rails
TACOMA_U.book Page 196 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
n When you secure cargo with the deck rails
l Spread out tie-down/support locations evenly along the length of the
rails.
l Do not exceed a total tensile load of 440 lb. (200 kg) per deck rail.
l To prevent luggage or cargo from sliding forward during braking, make
sure the deck rail accessories such as storage box are securely
attached on the deck rails.
Capacity and distribution
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) − (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit—
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 × 150)
= 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
196
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 197 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
Example on your vehicle
Cargo capacity
2
Total load capacity
When driving
When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in
your vehicle, which has a total load capacity of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity will be C lb. (kg) as
follows:
B lb. (kg) − A lb. (kg) = C lb. (kg)
In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D
lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E
lb. (kg) as follows:
C lb. (kg) − D lb. (kg) = E lb. (kg)
As shown in the above example, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount
that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In
other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an
excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus
cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on
your vehicle.
197
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 198 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
n Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compartment.
l Receptacles containing gasoline
l Aerosol cans
n Storage precautions
l Do not stack anything in the luggage compartment higher than the
seatbacks.
Such items may be thrown about and possibly injure people in the
vehicle during sudden braking or in an accident.
l Do not drive with objects on top of the instrument panel.
They may interfere with the driver’s field of view or move during sharp
acceleration or turning, thus impairing the driver’s control of the vehicle. In an accident they may injure the vehicle occupants.
l Secure all items in the occupant compartment, as they may shift and
injure someone during an accident or sudden braking.
l Never allow anyone to ride in the rear deck. It is not designed for pas-
sengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts properly
fastened. Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer death or serious bodily injury, in the event of sudden braking or a collision.
n Capacity and distribution
l Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle
weight rating.
l Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load is less
than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper
loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which
may cause death or serious injury.
198
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 199 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
towing capacity and cargo capacity.
n Total load capacity: (→P. 463)
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants,
cargo and luggage.
n Seating capacity:
Regular Cab models
3 occupants
2
When driving
Access Cab models
4 occupants (Front 2, Rear 2)
Double Cab models
5 occupants (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants
whose estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
Even if the number of occupants are within the seating capacity,
do not exceed the total load capacity.
n Towing capacity:
Without towing package
3500 lb. (1587 kg)
With towing package
6500 lb. (2948 kg)
Towing capacity means the maximum gross trailer weight (trailer
weight plus its cargo weight) that your vehicle is able to tow.
n Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the
weight and the number of occupants.
199
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 200 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
n Total load capacity and seating capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information
label.(→P. 381)
CAUTION
n Overloading the vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering and
braking ability, resulting in an accident.
200
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 201 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before driving
the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a manner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
n Pre-winter preparations
l Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside temperatures.
• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Washer fluid
2
l Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set
of tire chains for the rear tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains
match the size of the tires.
n Before driving the vehicle
Perform the following according to the driving conditions.
l Do not try to forcibly open a window, scrape an outside rear
view mirror surface or move a wiper or outside rear view mirror that is frozen. Pour warm water over the frozen area to
melt the ice. Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it
from freezing.
l To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents
in front of the windshield.
l Remove any ice that has accumulated on the vehicle chassis.
l Periodically check for and remove any excess ice or snow
that may have accumulated in the wheel well or on the
brakes.
201
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
l Have a service technician inspect the level and specific gravity of battery electrolyte.
TACOMA_U.book Page 202 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
n When driving the vehicle
Accelerate the vehicle slowly and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road conditions.
n When parking the vehicle
If the parking brake is set, it may freeze up, preventing it from
being released.
Stop the vehicle and move the shift lever to P if an automatic
transmission, or move it to 1 when the vehicle is facing uphill or
R when facing downhill if a manual transmission then place the
wheel blocks without applying the parking brake.
Selecting tire chains
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the snow chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain
0.2 in. (5 mm) in diameter
Cross chain
0.25 in. (6.3 mm) in diameter
Regulations on the use of snow chains
l Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary according to location and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing chains.
l Install the chains on the rear tires.
l Retighten the chains after driving 1/4 - 1/2 mile (0.5 - 1.0 km).
202
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 203 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
n Snow chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains.
l Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
l Install tire chains on the rear tires only. Do not install tire chains on the
front tires.
l Install tire chains following the instructions provided in the accompanying
instructions.
2
n Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
l Use tires of the size specified for your vehicle.
l Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
l Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h) regardless of the type of
snow tires being used.
l Snow tires should be installed on all wheels.
l 4WD models:
Do not mix tires of different makes, models, tread patterns or treadwear.
n Driving with snow chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failing to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
l Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
l Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
l Avoid sudden turns and braking.
l Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle control is maintained.
203
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
CAUTION
TACOMA_U.book Page 204 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
n When parking the vehicle
Always use wheel blocks when parking without the parking brake. Failure to
do so may allow the vehicle to move, resulting in an accident.
NOTICE
n Repairing or replacing snow tires
Request repairs of and obtain replacement snow tires from Toyota dealers or
legitimate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the operation of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
n Fitting tire chains
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted.
204
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 205 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger-and-load carrying
vehicle, and thus towing a trailer will have an adverse effect on handling, performance, braking, durability, and fuel consumption. For
your safety and the safety of others, do not overload the vehicle or
trailer.
We recommend you use a weight distributing hitch when towing to
keep your vehicle level with the ground.
2
n Weight limits
n Gross vehicle weight
The gross vehicle weight must not exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) indicated on the Certification Label. The
gross vehicle weight is the sum of the weights of the unloaded
vehicle, driver, passengers, luggage, hitch, and the trailer
tongue load. It also includes the weight of any special equipment
installed on your vehicle.
205
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
Confirm that the total trailer weight, gross combination weight,
gross vehicle weight, gross axle weight, and trailer tongue load
are all within the limits.
TACOMA_U.book Page 206 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
n Gross axle weight
The load on either the front or rear axle resulting from distribution of the gross vehicle weight on both axles must not exceed
the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed on the Certification
Label.
Regular Cab models and Double Cab models
Certification label
Access Cab models
Certification label
206
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 207 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
n Trailer tongue load
The trailer cargo load should be distributed so that the tongue
load is 9 to 11% of the total trailer weight, not exceeding the
maximum load of the following.
Without towing package
350 lb. (158 kg)
With towing package
650 lb. (294 kg)
2
The total trailer weight and tongue load can be measured with
platform scales found at a highway weighing stations, building
supply company, trucking company, junk yards, etc.
Total trailer weight
Tongue load
207
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
However, if towing with a fifth wheel trailer, the cargo load must
be distributed so that the tongue load is 19 to 21% of the total
trailer weight.
TACOMA_U.book Page 208 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Towing a trailer
Consult your Toyota dealer for further information about additional
requirements such as a towing kits, etc.
Hitch and tow hitch receiver
n Hitch
Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities established by the hitch manufacturer. Even though the vehicle may be
rated for towing a higher weight, the operator must never exceed
the maximum weight rating specified for the trailer hitch.
208
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 209 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Selecting trailer ball
Use the correct trailer ball for your application.
Trailer ball load rating
Matches or exceeds the gross
trailer weight rating of the trailer.
Ball diameter
Trailer
class
Typical trailer ball
size
IV
2 5/16 in.
II and III
2 in.
I
1 7/8 in.
Shank length
Protrudes beyond the bottom of
the lock washer and nut at least 2
threads.
Shank diameter
Matches the ball mount hole
diameter size.
209
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
Matches the size of the trailer
coupler. Most couplers are
stamped with the required trailer
ball size.
TACOMA_U.book Page 210 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Bumper towing
The rear bumper of your vehicle
is equipped with a hole to install
a trailer ball.
The maximum gross trailer
weight: 3500 lb. (1587 kg)
The gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus the weight of cargo) when
towing with the bumper must never exceed 3500 lb. (1587 kg).
Fifth wheel trailer
When towing a fifth wheel trailer,
be careful not to hit the cabin or
deck by the trailer while making
a sharp turn.
Service connector for towing brake controller
Your vehicle is equipped with a
service connector for the trailer
brake controller as shown.
210
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 211 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Connecting trailer lights
Use the wire harness stored in
the rear end under body.
2
When driving
n Before towing
Check that the following conditions are met:
l Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are properly inflated. (→P. 475)
l Trailer tires should be inflated according to the trailer manufacturer’s recommendation.
l All trailer lights work to be legal.
l Confirm all lights work each time you connect them.
l The trailer ball is set up at the proper height for the coupler on the trailer.
l Check that your vehicle remains level when a loaded or unloaded trailer
is hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle is not level, and check for improper
tongue load, overloading, worn suspension, or other possible causes.
l Make sure the trailer cargo is securely loaded.
l Check that your rear view mirrors conform to any federal, state/provincial
or local regulations. If they do not, install rear view mirrors appropriate for
towing purposes.
n Break-in schedule
l Toyota recommends that you do not use a new vehicle or a vehicle with
any new power train components (engine, transmission, differential,
wheel bearings, etc.) to tow a trailer for the first 500 miles (800 km) of
driving.
211
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 212 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
n Maintenance
l If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will require more frequent maintenance
due to the additional load. (See “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
l Retighten the fixing bolts of the towing ball and bracket after approximately 600 miles (1000 km).
CAUTION
n To avoid accident or injury
l The gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus the weight of cargo) must not
exceed the following.
Without towing package
3500 lb. (1587 kg)
With towing package
6500 lb. (2948 kg)
l The gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus cargo weight) when towing with
the bumper must not exceed 3500 lb. (1587 kg).
l If the trailer and cargo weight is over 2000 lb. (907 kg), use a sway control
device with sufficient capacity.
l The combination of the gross trailer weight added to the total weight of the
vehicle, occupants and vehicle cargo must not exceed a total of the following.
2WD models except PreRunner
7500 lb. (3402 kg)
4WD models and PreRunner
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine:
8000 lb. (3628 kg)
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine:
• Without towing package
8100 lb. (3674 kg)
• With towing package
11100 lb. (5034 kg)
212
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 213 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
CAUTION
n To avoid accident or injury
l Do not exceed the trailer hitch assembly weight, gross vehicle weight,
gross axle weight and trailer tongue load capacities.
l The tow hitch receiver installed on your vehicle must never be used on
another vehicle.
n Hitches
l If you wish to install a trailer hitch, your Toyota dealer should be consulted.
2
l Use only a hitch that conforms to the total trailer weight requirement.
l Lubricate the hitch ball with a light coat of grease.
l Remove the trailer hitch whenever you are not towing a trailer to reduce
the possibility of additional damage caused by the hitch if your vehicle is
struck from behind.
n When towing a trailer
l If the total trailer weight exceeds 1000 lb. (453 kg), trailer brakes are
required.
l Never tap into your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as this will lower the vehicle’s braking effectiveness.
l Never tow a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both
the trailer and the vehicle. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch
ball, there is danger of the trailer wandering into another lane.
213
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
l Follow the directions supplied by the hitch manufacturer.
TACOMA_U.book Page 214 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
NOTICE
n When installing a trailer hitch
Use only the position recommended by your Toyota dealer. Do not install the
trailer hitch on the bumper; this may cause body damage.
n Brakes
Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to any applicable federal and state/provincial regulations.
n Safety chain
A safety chain must always be used between the towing vehicle and the
trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the chain for turns. The chain should cross
under the trailer tongue to prevent the tongue from dropping to the ground in
the case that it becomes damaged or separated. For the correct safety chain
installation procedure, ask your Toyota dealer.
n Do not directly splice trailer lights
Directly splicing trailer lights may damage your vehicle’s electrical system
and cause a malfunction.
214
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 215 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Trailer towing tips
Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. The three
main causes of vehicle-trailer accidents are driver error, excessive
speed and improper trailer loading. Keep these in mind when towing.
l Before starting out, check the trailer’s light and the vehicle-trailer
connections. Recheck after driving a short distance.
l Reversing with a trailer attached is difficult and requires practice.
Grip the bottom of the steering wheel and move your hand to the
left to move the trailer to the left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to the right. (This is generally opposite to reversing
without a trailer attached.) Avoid sharp or prolonged turning. Have
someone guide you when reversing to reduce the risk of an accident.
l As stopping distance is increased when towing a trailer, vehicle-tovehicle distance should be increased. For each 10 mph (16 km/h)
of speed, allow at least one vehicle and trailer length.
l Avoid sudden braking as you may skid, resulting in jackknifing and
loss of control. This is especially true on wet or slippery surfaces.
l Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration. For vehicles with a manual transmission, prevent excessive clutch slippage by keeping
engine rpm low and not racing the engine. Always start out in first
gear.
l Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns, and slow down before making a turn.
215
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
When driving
l Practice turning, stopping and reversing with the trailer attached in
an area away from traffic until you become accustomed to the feel
of the vehicle.
TACOMA_U.book Page 216 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
l Note that when making a turn, the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. Compensate by making
a larger than normal turning radius.
l Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect handling of your
vehicle and trailer, causing sway. Periodically check the rear to
prepare for being passed by large trucks or buses, which may
cause your vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying occurs, firmly grip
the steering wheel, reduce speed immediately but gradually, and
steer straight ahead. Never increase speed. If you make no
extreme correction with the steering or brakes, your vehicle and
trailer will stabilize.
l Take care when passing other vehicles. Passing requires considerable distance. After passing a vehicle, do not forget the length of
your trailer, and be sure you have plenty of room before changing
lanes.
l In order to maintain engine braking efficiency, do not use fifth gear
(5-speed manual transmission) or sixth gear (6-speed manual
transmission), or do not put the transmission in “D” (automatic
transmission).
l Due to the added load of the trailer, your vehicle’s engine may
overheat on hot days (at temperatures over 85°F [30°C]) when
driving up a long or steep grade. If the engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, immediately turn off the air conditioning (if in use), pull your vehicle off the road and stop in a safe spot.
(→P. 456)
l Always place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and the trailer
wheels when parking. Apply the parking brake firmly, and put the
transmission in P (automatic transmission) or in 1 or R (manual
transmission). Avoid parking on a slope, but if unavoidable, do so
only after performing the following:
Apply the brakes and keep them applied.
216
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 217 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle and
trailer wheels.
When the wheel blocks are in place, release the brakes slowly
until the blocks absorb the load.
Apply the parking brake firmly.
Shift into 1 or R (manual transmission) or P (automatic transmission) and turn off the engine.
l When restarting after parking on a slope:
2
Shift into a forward gear. If reversing, shift into R.
Release the parking brake (also brake pedal on vehicles with
an automatic transmission), and slowly pull or back away from
the wheel blocks. Stop and apply the brakes.
Have someone retrieve the blocks.
CAUTION
n To avoid an accident
l Do not exceed 45 mph (72 km/h) or posted towing speed limit, whichever
is lower. As instability (swaying) of the towing vehicle-trailer combination
increases as speed increases, exceeding 45 mph (72 km/h) may cause
loss of control.
l Slow down and downshift before descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden downshifts.
l Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently. This could
cause the brakes to overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency.
217
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When driving
With the transmission in P (automatic transmission) or the
clutch pedal (manual transmission) depressed, start the
engine. On vehicles with an automatic transmission, be sure
to keep the brake pedal pressed.
TACOMA_U.book Page 218 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-5. Driving information
Dinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on
the ground) behind a motor home.
NOTICE
n To avoid serious damage to your vehicle
Do not tow your vehicle with four wheels on the ground.
218
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 220 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Air conditioning system
Type A
Temperature control dial
Fan speed control dial
Air outlet selection dial
Outside air or recirculated
air mode switch
Type B
Temperature control dial
Fan speed control dial
Air conditioning
ON/OFF switch
220
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Air outlet selection dial
Outside air or recirculated
air mode switch
TACOMA_U.book Page 221 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Adjusting the settings
n Adjusting the temperature setting (Type A)
Turn the temperature control dial clockwise to increase the temperature.
n Adjusting the temperature setting (Type B)
Turn the temperature control dial clockwise (warm) or counterclockwise (cool).
If
is not pressed, the system will blow ambient temperature air or
heated air.
3
n Adjusting the fan speed
Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise (increase) or counterclockwise (decrease).
Set the dial to OFF to turn the fan off.
n Selecting the air outlets
Set the air outlet selection dial to an appropriate position.
The positions between the air outlet selections shown below can also be
selected for more detailed adjustment.
When the dial is set to
flows to the upper body.
, air
221
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
For quick cooling, turn the temperature control dial to the MAX A/C position. The air conditioning will automatically turn on and the air intake
selector will be set to recirculated air mode.
TACOMA_U.book Page 222 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
When the dial is set to
, air
flows to the upper body and feet.
: Double Cab models only
When the dial is set to
flows to the feet.
, air
: Double Cab models only
When the dial is set to
, air
flows to the feet and the windshield defogger operates.
The air intake selector is automatically set to outside air mode.
To return the recirculated air
mode, press
: Double Cab models only
222
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
.
TACOMA_U.book Page 223 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
When the dial is set to
, air
flows to the windshield and side
windows.
The air intake selector is automatically set to outside air mode.
In this position, the air intake
selector cannot be changed to the
recirculated air mode.
n Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press
.
3
The mode switches between
(outside air mode) and
n If the ambient temperature drops while using the recirculated
air mode
The air intake mode automatically changes from recirculated air
mode to outside air mode after a few minutes.
To cancel this function:
Press and hold
for longer than 2 seconds.
To reactivate this function:
Turn the engine switch to the LOCK or ACC position.
223
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
(recirculated air mode) each time the switch is pressed.
TACOMA_U.book Page 224 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Adjusting the position of the air outlets
Center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
224
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 225 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Right and left side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
3
Interior and exterior features
Opening and closing the air outlets
Center outlets
Open the vent.
Close the vent.
225
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 226 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Right and left side outlets
Open the vent.
Close the vent.
n For quick clearing of the windshield and side windows (type B only)
Press
to turn the air conditioning on.
n Using the system in recirculated air mode
The windows will fog up more easily if the recirculated air mode is used for
an extended period.
n When outside air temperature approaches 32°F (0°C) (type B only)
The air conditioning system may not operate even when
n When
is pressed.
is selected for the air outlets used
For your driving comfort, air flowing to the feet may be warmer than air flowing to the upper body depending on the position of the temperature adjustment dial.
226
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 227 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
CAUTION
n To prevent the windshield from fogging up
Do not set the air outlet selection dial to
during cool air operation in
extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the
outside air and that of the windshield can cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, blocking your vision.
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is stopped.
3
Interior and exterior features
227
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 228 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Audio system types
Type A: CD player with CD changer controller and AM/FM radio
Type B: CD player with changer and AM/FM radio
Type A
Type B
228
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 229 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Title
Page
Using the radio
P. 231
Using the CD player
P. 237
Playing back MP3 and WMA discs
P. 244
Optimal use of the audio system
P. 253
Operating the sub woofer
P. 256
Using the AUX adapter
P. 257
Using the steering wheel audio switches
P. 259
3
Interference may be heard through the audio system’s speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating.
229
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
n Using cellular phones
TACOMA_U.book Page 230 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
CAUTION
n For vehicles sold in U.S.A. and Canada
l Part 15 of the FCC Rules
FCC Warning:
Any unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment will void the
user’s authority to operate this device.
l Laser products
• Do not take this unit apart or attempt to make any changes yourself.
This is an intricate unit that uses a laser pickup to retrieve information
from the surface of compact discs. The laser is carefully shielded so
that its rays remain inside the cabinet. Therefore, never try to disassemble the player or alter any of its parts since you may be exposed to
laser rays and dangerous voltages.
• This product utilizes a laser.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other
than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
NOTICE
n To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary with the engine off.
n To avoid damaging the audio system
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids over the audio system.
230
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 231 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Using the radio
Power
Volume
Station selector
Adjusting the
frequency
Scanning for
receivable
stations
Seeking the frequency AM/FM mode buttons
3
Search for desired stations by turning
“∨” on
or pressing “∧” or
.
Press and hold the button (from
to
tion is to be set to until you hear a beep.
) that the sta-
Scanning radio stations (excluding XM® Satellite Radio)
n Scanning the preset radio stations
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
Preset stations will be played for 5 seconds each.
When the desired station is reached, press the button once
again to stop scanning.
231
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Setting station presets (excluding XM® Satellite Radio)
TACOMA_U.book Page 232 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
n Scanning all radio stations within range
Press
.
All stations with reception will be played for 5 seconds each.
When the desired station is reached, press the button once
again to stop scanning.
XM® Satellite Radio* (if equipped)
n Receiving XM® Satellite Radio
Press
and select the XM® band.
The display changes as follows each time
is pressed.
AM → SAT1 → SAT2 → SAT3
Turn
to select the desired channel in the all categories
or press “∧” or “∨” on
the current category.
to select the desired channel in
n Setting XM® Satellite Radio channel presets
Select the desired channel. Press and hold the button (from
to
) that the channel is to be set to until you hear a beep.
n Changing the channel category
Press “∧” or “∨” on the
.
n Scanning XM® Satellite Radio channels
l Scanning channels in the current category
Press
.
When the desired channel is reached, press
again.
l Scanning preset channels
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
When the desired channel is reached, press
again.
232
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 233 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
n Displaying text information
Press
.
The display will show up to 10 characters.
The display changes as follows each time the button is pressed.
l CH NAME
l TITLE (SONG/PROGRAM TITLE)
l NAME (ARTIST NAME/FEATURE)
l CH NUMBER
*:Except JBL brand audio system—
Use of XM® Satellite Radio requires XM® tuner and service.
Contact your Toyota dealer.
3
Stations presets are erased.
n Reception sensitivity
l Objects, especially metal objects, such as cargo, a camper, or the
retractable roof rack bar, may adversely affect the reception of XM® Satellite Radio.
l Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the continually changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength
and surrounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc.
l The radio antenna is mounted on the right-side front fender. The antenna
can be removed from the base by turning it.
n XM® Satellite Radio
The Toyota genuine satellite radio tuner*1 and antenna*1 allows you to
receive and play XM® Satellite Radio broadcasts. (Subscription is required.
Not available in Hawaii and Alaska.)*2
l XM® subscriptions
For detailed information about XM® Satellite Radio or to subscribe, visit
XM® on the web at www.xmradio.com or call 1-800-967-2346.
233
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
n When the battery is disconnected
TACOMA_U.book Page 234 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
l Radio ID
You will need the radio ID when activating XM® service or reporting a
problem. Select “CH000” using
, and the receiver’s 8-character ID
number will appear.
l Satellite tuner
The tuner supports only Audio Services (Music and Talk) and the accompanying Text Information of XM® Satellite Radio.
*1:Except JBL brand audio system—
Use of XM® Satellite Radio requires XM® tuner and service.
Contact your Toyota dealer.
*2:Terms
and services provided by XM® Satellite Radio are subject to
change without notice.
n If the satellite radio does not operate normally
If a problem occurs with the XM® tuner, a message will appear on the display. Refer to the table below to identify the problem, and take the suggested
corrective action.
ANTENNA
UPDATING
234
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
The XM® antenna is not connected. Check
whether the XM® antenna cable is attached
securely.
There is a short-circuit in the antenna or the surrounding antenna cable. See a Toyota certified
dealer.
You have not subscribed to the XM® Satellite
Radio. The radio is being updated with the latest
encryption code. Contact the XM® Satellite Radio
for subscription information. When a contract is
canceled, you can choose the “CH000” and all
free-to-air channels.
The premium channel you selected is not authorized. Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio
returns to the previous channel or “CH001”. If it
does not change automatically, select another
channel. If you want to listen to the premium channel, contact the XM® Satellite Radio.
TACOMA_U.book Page 235 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
NO SIGNAL
The XM® signal is too weak at the current location.
Wait until your vehicle reaches a location with a
stronger signal.
LOADING
The unit is acquiring audio or program information.
Wait until the unit has received the information.
OFF AIR
The channel you selected is not broadcasting any
programming. Select another channel.
-----
There is no song/program title or artist name/feature associated with the channel at that time. No
action needed.
---
The channel you selected is no longer available.
Wait for about 2 seconds until the radio returns to
the previous channel or “CH001”. If it does not
change automatically, select another channel.
3
*: Subject to change without notice.
n Certifications for the radio tuner
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television
reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by trying one or more of
the following:
l Reorienting or relocate the receiving antenna.
l Increasing the separation between the equipment and receiver.
235
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Contact the XM® Listener Care Center at 1-800-967-2346 during the following hours*.
Monday - Saturday: 6 a.m. - 2 a.m. Eastern Time
Sunday: 8 a.m. - 8 p.m. Eastern Time
TACOMA_U.book Page 236 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
l Connecting the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
l Consulting the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
NOTICE
n To prevent damage, remove the antenna in the following cases.
l The antenna will touch the ceiling of a garage.
l A cover will be put on the vehicle.
236
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 237 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Using the CD player
Power
CD selection
(type A with
changer and type B)
Volume
CD eject
Random
playback
Search playback
Reverse
Fast-forward
CD load
(type B only)
3
Display text
message
Repeat play
Interior and exterior features
Track selection
Playback
Loading CDs
n Loading a CD (type A)
Insert a CD.
n Loading a CD (type B)
Press
.
“WAIT” is shown on the display.
Insert a CD when the indicator on the slot turns from amber to
green.
The display changes from “WAIT” to “LOAD”.
n Loading multiple CDs (type B only)
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
“WAIT” is shown on the display.
237
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 238 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Insert a CD when the indicator on the slot turns from amber to
green.
The display changes from “WAIT” to “LOAD”.
The indicator on the slot turns to amber when the CD is inserted.
Insert the next CD when the indicator on the slot turns from
amber to green again.
Repeat the procedure for the remaining CDs.
To stop the operation, press
.
Ejecting CDs
n Ejecting a CD (type A)
Press
and remove the CD.
n Ejecting a CD (type B)
To select the CD to be ejected, press
or
.
The number of the CD selected is shown on the display.
Press
and remove the CD.
n Ejecting all the CDs (type B only)
Press and hold
CDs.
until you hear a beep, and then remove the
Selecting and scanning a track
n Selecting a track
Press “∧” to move up or “∨” to move down using
desired track number is displayed.
until the
n Scanning tracks
Press
.
The first 10 seconds of each track will be played.
Press the switch again when the desired track is reached.
238
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 239 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Fast-forwarding and reversing tracks
To fast-forward or reverse.
Press and hold
or
.
Selecting a CD (type A with a CD changer and type B)
n Selecting the desired CD
Press
or
.
n Selecting loaded CDs
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
The first 10 seconds of the first track on each CD will be played.
3
Press the switch again when the desired CD is reached.
n Repeating a track
Press
.
n Repeating all of the tracks on a CD (type A with a CD changer
and type B)
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
Random playback
n Current CD
Press
.
Tracks are played in a random order until the button is pressed once
more.
n All CDs (type A with a CD changer and type B)
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
Tracks on all loaded CDs are played in a random order until the button is
pressed once more.
239
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Repeat play
TACOMA_U.book Page 240 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Switching the display
Press
.
Each time the switch is pressed, the display changes in the order of Track
no./Elapsed time→CD title→Track name.
n Display
Up to 12 characters can be displayed at a time.
If there are 13 characters or more, pressing and holding
or more will display the remaining characters.
A maximum of 24 characters can be displayed.
for 1 second
If
is pressed for 1 second or more again or has not been pressed for
6 seconds or more, the display will return to the first 12 characters.
Depending on the contents recorded, the characters may not be displayed
properly or may not be displayed at all.
n Canceling random playback
Press
again.
n Canceling repeat play
Press
again.
n Error messages
Refer to the following table and take the appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Correction
Procedures
Message
Cause
ERROR 1
• The disc may be dirty
or damaged
• The disc may be
inserted upside down
• Clean the disc
• Insert the disc correctly
ERROR 3
There is a problem
within the system
Eject the disc or magazine
ERROR 4
Over-current
Ask your Toyota
dealer
240
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 241 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Correction
Procedures
Message
Cause
WAIT
Operation is stopped
due to a high temperature inside the player
Eject the disc and
allow the player to
cool down
CD OPEN
The external CD
changer lid is open
Close the lid
NO DISC
There is no disc in the
CD changer
Insert a disc
n Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc features, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.
n CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when
a problem is detected while the CD player is being used.
n If CDs are left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for
extended periods
CDs may be damaged and may not play properly.
n Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.
241
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
CDs with copy-protect features may not be used.
3
TACOMA_U.book Page 242 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
NOTICE
n CDs and adapters that cannot be used
Do not use the following types of CDs or 3 in. (8 cm) CD adapters or Dual
Disc.
Doing so may damage the CD player and/or the CD insert/eject function.
l CDs that have a diameter that is not 4.7
in. (12 cm)
l Low-quality and deformed CDs
l CDs with a transparent or translucent
recording area
l CDs that have had tape, stickers or CDR labels attached to them, or that have
had the label peeled off
242
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 243 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
NOTICE
n CD player precautions
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in serious damage to the
CDs or the player itself.
l Do not insert anything other than CDs into the CD slot.
l Do not apply oil to the CD player.
l Store CDs away from direct sunlight.
l Never try to disassemble any part of the CD player.
l Type B: Do not insert more than one
CD at a time
3
Interior and exterior features
243
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 244 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Playing back MP3 and WMA discs
Power
Disc selection
(type B only)
Volume
Disc eject
Reverse
Random
playback
Fast-forward
Disc load
(type B only)
File selection
Search playback
File selection
Repeat play
Playback
Display text message Folder selection
Loading MP3 and WMA discs
n Loading a disc (type A)
Insert a disc.
n Loading a disc (type B)
Press
.
“WAIT” is shown on the display.
Insert a disc when the indicator on the slot turns from amber
to green.
The display changes from “WAIT” to “LOAD”.
244
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 245 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
n Loading multiple discs (type B only)
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
“WAIT” is shown on the display.
Insert a disc when the indicator on the slot turns from amber
to green.
The display changes from “WAIT” to “LOAD”.
The indicator on the slot turns to amber when the disc is inserted.
Insert the next disc when the indicator on the slot turns from
amber to green again.
Repeat the procedure for the remaining discs.
To stop the operation, press
.
3
Ejecting MP3 and WMA discs
Interior and exterior features
n Ejecting a disc (type A)
Press
and remove the disc.
n Ejecting a disc (type B)
To select the disc to be ejected, press
or
.
The number of the disc selected is shown on the display.
Press
and remove the disc.
n Ejecting all the discs (type B only)
Press and hold
discs.
until you hear a beep, and then remove the
Selecting a disc (type B only)
n Selecting the desired disc
Press
or
.
245
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 246 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Selecting a folder
n Selecting folders one at a time
To select the desired folder, press “∧” or “∨” on
.
n Selecting the desired folder by cueing the first file of each
folder
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
The first 10 seconds of the first file in the each folder will be played.
When the desired folder is reached, press the switch once again.
n Returning to the first folder
Press and hold “∨” on
until you hear a beep.
Selecting and scanning files
n Selecting one file at a time
To select the desired file, turn the
or press “∧” or “∨” on
.
n Selecting the desired file by cueing the files in the folder
Press
.
The first 10 seconds of all files in the folder will be played.
When the desired file is reached, press the switch once again.
Fast-forwarding and reversing files
To fast-forward or reverse.
Press and hold
246
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
or
.
TACOMA_U.book Page 247 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Repeat play
n Repeating a file
Press
.
n Repeating all of the files in the folder
Press and hold
until you hear a beep.
Random playback
n Playing files from a particular folder in random order
Press
.
n Playing all of the files on a disc in random order
Press and hold
3
until you hear a beep.
Press
.
Each time the switch is pressed, the display changes in the order of
Folder no./File no./Elapsed time→Folder name→File name→Album title
(MP3 only)→Track title→Artist name.
247
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Switching the display
TACOMA_U.book Page 248 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
n Display
Up to 12 characters can be displayed at a time.
If there are 13 characters or more, pressing and holding
or more will display the remaining characters.
A maximum of 24 characters can be displayed.
for 1 second
If
is pressed for 1 second or more again or has not been pressed for
6 seconds or more, the display will return to the first 12 characters.
Depending on the contents recorded, the characters may not be displayed
properly or may not be displayed at all.
n Canceling random playback
Press
again.
n Canceling repeat play
Press
again.
n Error messages
Refer to the following table and take the appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Correction
Procedures
Message
Cause
ERROR 1
• The disc may be dirty
or damaged
• The disc may be
inserted upside down
• Clean the disc
• Insert the disc correctly
ERROR 3
There is a problem
within the system
Eject the disc or magazine
ERROR 4
Over-current
Ask your Toyota
dealer
WAIT
Operation is stopped
due to a high temperature inside the player
Eject the disc and
allow the player to
cool down
NO MUSIC
This indicates that no
playable data is
included in the disc
Eject the disc
248
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 249 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
n Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc features, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.
n MP3 and WMA player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when
a problem is detected while the MP3 and WMA player is being used.
n If discs are left inside the MP3 and WMA player or in the ejected position for extended periods
3
Discs may be damaged and may not play properly.
n Lens cleaners
n MP3 and WMA files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size by using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media TM Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3
format.
There is a limit to the MP3 and WMA file standards and to the media/formats
recorded by them that can be used.
l MP3 file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 LAYER3: 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320 (kbps)
• MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and
monaural
249
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the MP3 and WMA player.
TACOMA_U.book Page 250 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
l WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
• Compatible sampling frequencies
32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (only compatible with 2-channel playback)
Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192 (kbps)
Ver. 9: CBR 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192, 256, 320 (kbps)
l Compatible media
Media that can be used for MP3 and WMA playback are CD-Rs and CDRWs.
Playback in some instances may not be possible, depending on the status
of the CD-R or CD-RW. Playback may not be possible or the audio may
jump if the disc is scratched or marked with fingerprints.
l Compatible disc formats
The following disc formats can be used.
• Disc formats: CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2
CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2
• File formats: ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, (Romeo, Joliet)
MP3 and WMA files written in any format other than those listed above
may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not
be displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows.
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
• Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters
• Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files per disc: 255
l File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA and played are those
with the extension .mp3 or .wma.
l Multi-sessions
As the audio system is compatible with multi-sessions, it is possible to play
discs that contain MP3 and WMA files. However, only the first session can
be played.
250
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 251 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
l ID3 and WMA tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title and artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags.
(The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
l MP3 and WMA playback
When a disc containing MP3 or WMA files is inserted, all files on the disc
are first checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3 or WMA file
is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recommend you
do not write in any files other than MP3 or WMA files or create any unnecessary folders.
l Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3 and .wma are used for files other than MP3 and
WMA files, they will be mistakenly recognized and played as MP3 and
WMA files. This may result in large amounts of interference and damage
to the speakers.
l Playback
• To play MP3 file with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some instances,
depending on the characteristics of the disc.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for
MP3 and WMA files on the market, and depending on the status of the
encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of
playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at
all.
• When files other than MP3 or WMA files are recorded on a disc, it may
take more time to recognize the disc and in some cases, playback may
not be possible at all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
251
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
3
Interior and exterior features
If the discs contain a mixture of music data and MP3 or WMA format data,
only music data can be played.
TACOMA_U.book Page 252 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
NOTICE
n CDs and adapters that cannot be used (→P. 242)
n CD player precautions (→P. 243)
252
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 253 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Optimal use of the audio system
Displays the current mode
Changes the following setting
• Sound quality and volume
balance (→P. 254)
The sound quality and balance setting can be changed
to produce the best sound.
• Volume and tone quality
level (Automatic Sound
Levelizer) (→P. 254)
n Changing sound quality modes
Pressing
selects the mode to be changed in the following
order.
BAS → MID*→ TRE → FAD → BAL →ASL
*:JBL brand audio system
253
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Using the AUDIO CONTROL function
3
TACOMA_U.book Page 254 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
n Adjusting sound quality
Turning
adjusts the level.
Sound quality mode
Mode
displayed
Level
Bass
BAS
-5 to 5
Midrange
MID*1
-5 to 5
Treble
TRE
-5 to 5
Turn to the
left
Turn to the
right
Low
High
Shifts to
front
Shifts to
right
Front/rear
volume
balance
FAD
F7 to R7
Shifts to
roof*2/roof
and subwoofer*3,
Shifts to
rear*4
Left/right
volume
balance
BAL
L7 to R7
Shifts to left
*1:JBL brand audio system
*2:Access Cab models without sub woofer
*3:Access Cab models with sub woofer
*4:Double Cab models
n Adjusting the Automatic Sound Levelizer (ASL)
Except JBL brand audio system
When “ASL” is selected, turning
to the right changes the
“ASL” level in the order of “LOW”, “MID” and “HIGH”.
Turning
to the left turns “ASL” off.
ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to vehicle speed.
254
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 255 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
JBL brand audio system
When “ASL” is selected, turning
and turning
to the right turns “ASL” on ,
to the left turns “ASL” off.
ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to vehicle speed.
n Trademark owned by SRS Labs, Inc.
3
®
®
symbols are trademarks of SRS Labs,
FOCUS, TruBass, SRS and
Inc.
FOCUS and TruBass technologies are incorporated under license from
SRS Labs, Inc.
255
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
The audio systems utilize SRS FOCUS and SRS TruBass audio
enhancement technologies, under license from SRS Labs, Inc., in all modes
except AM radio mode.
TACOMA_U.book Page 256 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Operating the sub woofer (on some Access Cab models)
OFF
ON
LIGHT ON
The sub woofer illumination
turns on. In this position, the
sub woofer operates.
256
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 257 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Using the AUX adapter
This adapter can be used to connect a portable audio device and listen to it through the vehicle’s speakers.
Connect the portable audio
device.
3
Interior and exterior features
Press
.
257
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 258 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
n Operating portable audio devices connected to the audio system
The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle’s audio controls. All other
adjustments must be made on the portable audio device itself.
n When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet or
cigarette lighter
Noise may occur during playback. Use the power source of the portable
audio device.
258
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 259 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Using the steering wheel audio switches (if equipped)
Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on the
steering wheel.
Volume
Radio: Select radio stations
CD: Select tracks, files
(MP3 and WMA) and discs
Power on/off, select audio
source
3
Turning on the power
when the audio system is turned off.
The audio system can be turned off by holding the switch down until the
system turns off.
Changing the audio source
Press
when the audio system is turned on. The audio source
changes as follows each time
is pressed.
Type A:
FM1→FM2→CD→CD changer*1→AUX→AM→SAT1*2→SAT2*2→SAT3*2
259
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Press
TACOMA_U.book Page 260 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Type B:
FM1→FM2→CD changer→AUX→AM→SAT1*2→SAT2*2→SAT3*2
*1: If installed with a CD changer
*2: Except JBL brand audio system—
Use of XM® Satellite Radio requires XM® turner and service.
Contact your Toyota dealer.
Adjusting the volume
Press “+” on
to increase the volume and “–” to decrease the
volume.
Press and hold “+” or “–” on
the volume.
to continue increasing or decreasing
Selecting a radio station
Press
to select the radio mode.
Press “∧” or “∨” on
to select a preset station.
To scan for receivable stations, press and hold the switch until you
hear a beep.
Selecting a track/file
Press
to select the CD mode.
Press “∧” or “∨” on
260
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
to select the desired track/file.
TACOMA_U.book Page 261 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-2. Using the audio system
Selecting a folder (type A)
Press
to select the CD mode.
Press and hold “∧” or “∨” on
until you hear a beep.
Selecting a disc in the CD player (type A with a CD changer and type B)
Press
to select the CD mode.
3
Press and hold “∧” or “∨” on
until you want to listen to is
Interior and exterior features
set.
CAUTION
n To reduce the risk of an accident
Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel.
261
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 262 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Hands-free phone system (for cellular phone) (if equipped)
This system supports Bluetooth®, which allows you connect a cellular phone without using cables and to make or receive calls without
operating the cellular phone buttons.
Title
Page
Using the hands-free phone system
P. 266
Making a phone call
P. 274
Setting a cellular phone
P. 279
Security and system setup
P. 284
Using the phone book
P. 287
n When using the hands-free system
l The audio system and voice guidance are muted when making a call.
l If both parties speak at the same time it may be difficult to hear.
l If the received call volume is overly loud, an echo may be heard.
l Try to face toward the microphone as much as possible when speaking.
l In the following circumstances it may be difficult to hear the other party:
•
•
•
•
•
If driving on unpaved roads
If driving at high speeds
If a window is open
If the air conditioning is blowing directly on the microphone
If the air conditioning fan speed is set to high
262
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 263 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
n Conditions under which the system will not operate
l If using a cellular phone that does not support Bluetooth®
l If the cellular phone is switched off
l If you are outside service range
l If the cellular phone is not connected
l If the cellular phone’s battery is low
n Bluetooth® antenna
The antenna is built into the display. If the cellular phone is behind the seat
or in the console box, or touching or covered by metal objects, connection
status may deteriorate.
n Signal status
3
This display may not correspond exactly with the cellular phone itself.
®
n About Bluetooth
n Compatible models
Compatible with HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 and OPP (Object Push
Profile) Ver. 1.1.
If your cellular phone does not support HFP, you cannot enter the Bluetooth® phone. If your cellular phone supports OPP alone, you cannot use
the Bluetooth® phone.
263
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
TACOMA_U.book Page 264 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
n Certification for the hands-free phone system
FCC ID: ACJ932C5ZZZ035
IC ID: 216J-C5ZZZ035
MADE IN U.S.A.
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a
residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off
and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or
more of the following measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
l Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
264
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 265 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
CAUTION:
Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for
uncontrolled equipment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure
Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65. This equipment has very low levels
of RF energy that it deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated with at least 20 cm and more between the radiator and person’s body
(excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and legs).
Co-location:
3
This transmitter must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Interior and exterior features
CAUTION
n Caution while driving
Do not use a cellular phone or connect the Bluetooth® phone.
NOTICE
n When leaving the vehicle
Do not leave a cellular phone in the vehicle. The inside of the vehicle may
become hot, causing damage to the phone.
265
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 266 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Using the hands-free phone system
n Audio unit
Displays Bluetooth® connection condition
If “BT” is not displayed, the
hands-free phone system
cannot be used.
Displays the reception level
Displays such items as
numbers, names, messages and menu items
Selects items such as numbers or menu items
Turn: Selects an item
Press: Inputs the selected
item
Press and hold: Displays
information that is too long
to be displayed at one time
on the screen
Selects speed dials
266
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 267 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
n Steering wheel telephone switches
Volume
The voice guidance volume
cannot be adjusted by using
this switch.
Hands-free phone system
off/ends a call/refuses a call
Hands-free phone system
on/starts a call
Press: Voice command system on
Press and hold: Voice command system off
Interior and exterior features
n Microphone
267
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
3
TACOMA_U.book Page 268 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Operating the system by using a voice command
By following voice guidance instructions output from the speaker, you
can speak voice commands aloud to control the hands-free phone
system without looking at the display or operating
.
n Operation procedure when using voice commands
Press
and say a voice command for a desired function. (→P.
269)
n Auxiliary commands when using a voice command
The following auxiliary voice commands can be used at any time
when operating the system using voice commands:
“Repeat”: Repeats the previous voice guidance instruction
“Go back”: Returns to the previous procedure
“Cancel”: Exits the hands-free phone system
“Help”: Reads aloud the function summary if a help comment is
registered for the selected function
Using the hands-free phone system for the first time
Before using the hands-free phone system, it is necessary to register
a cellular phone in the system. The phone registration mode will be
entered automatically when starting the system with no cellular
phone registered. Follow the procedure below to register a cellular
phone:
Press
or
.
The introductory guidance and phone name registration instructions
are heard.
268
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 269 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Register a phone name by either of the following methods.
a. Select “(RECORD NAME)” by using
, and say aloud
the name you would like to register for the phone.
b. Press
and say aloud the name you would like to reg-
ister for the phone.
You will hear voice guidance instructing you to confirm the input.
Select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
A passkey is displayed and heard, and voice guidance instruction for
inputting the passkey into the cellular phone is heard.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the operation of the phone.
Guidance for registration completion is heard.
Menu list of the hands-free phone system
n Voice commands (MENU ITEMS)
First menu
Second
menu
Third menu
Operation detail
Dial by name
-
-
Dialing by inputting a name
registered in the phone
book
Dial by number
-
-
Dialing by inputting a phone
number
Redial
(REDIAL)
-
-
Dialing a phone number
stored in the outgoing history memory
269
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Input the passkey into the cellular phone.
3
TACOMA_U.book Page 270 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
First menu
Second
menu
Third menu
Operation detail
Callback
(CALLBACK)
-
-
Dialing a phone number
stored in the incoming history memory
By voice
(BY VOICE)
Add entry
(ADD
ENTRY)
By phone
(BY PHONE)
Call history
(CALL
HISTORY)
Adding a new phone number
(MANUAL
INPUT)
Phone book
(PHONE
BOOK)
Change
name
(CHANGE
NAME)
-
Changing the name of a
phone number in the phone
book
List names
(LIST
NAMES)
-
Listing the phone book data
Set speed
dial
(SPEED
DIAL)
-
Registering a speed dial
Delete
entry
(DELETE
ENTRY)
-
Deleting the phone book
data
Delete
speed dial
(DEL SPD
DIAL)
-
Deleting a registered speed
dial
270
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 271 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Second
menu
First menu
Security
(SECURITY)
Phone
setup
(PHONE
SETUP)
(SYSTEM
SETUP)
Operation detail
Set PIN
(SET PIN)
Setting a PIN
Phone book
lock
(PHBK
LOCK)
Locking the phone book
Phone book
unlock
(PHBK
UNLOCK)
Unlocking the phone book
Pair phone
(PAIR
PHONE)
Registering a cellular
phone to be used
Select phone
(SELECT
PHONE)
Selecting a cellular phone
to be used
Change name
(CHANGE
NAME)
Changing a registered
name of a cellular phone
List phones
(LIST
PHONES)
Listing the registered cellular phones
Set passkey
(SET
PASSKEY)
Changing the passkey
Delete
(DELETE)
Deleting a registered cellular phone
(GUIDANCE
VOL)
Setting voice guidance volume
(INITIALIZE)
Initialization
3
271
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Setup
(SETUP)
Third menu
TACOMA_U.book Page 272 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
n Using a short cut voice command
First menu
Second menu
Operation detail
Dial “XXX (name)”
-
Dialing a phone number registered in the phone book
Phone book add
entry
-
Adding a new phone number
Phone book change
name
-
Changing the name of a
phone number in the phone
book
Phone book list
names
-
Listing the phone book data
Phone book set
speed dial
-
Registering speed dial
Phone book delete
entry
-
Deleting phone book data
Phone book delete
speed dial
-
Deleting speed dial
Phone book
272
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Phone book unlock
Unlocking the phone book
Phone book lock
Locking the phone book
TACOMA_U.book Page 273 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
n Automatic adjustment of volume
When vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) or more, the volume automatically
increases. The volume returns to the previous volume setting when vehicle
speed drops to 43 mph (70 km/h) or less.
n When using a voice command
l For numbers, speak a combination of single digits from zero to nine, #
(pound), ∗ (star), and + (plus).
l Speak the command correctly and clearly.
n The system may not recognize your voice in the following situations:
l When driving on a rough road
l When driving at high speeds
3
l When air is blowing out of the vents onto the microphone
Interior and exterior features
l When the air conditioning fan emits a loud noise
n The following cannot be performed while driving:
l Operating the system with
l Registering a cellular phone to the system
n Changing the passkey
→P. 282
273
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 274 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Making a phone call
n Making a phone call
l Dialing by inputting a phone number
“Dial by number”
l Dialing by inputting a name
“Dial by name”
l Speed dialing
l Dialing a phone number stored in the outgoing history memory
“Redial”
l Dialing a phone number stored in the incoming history memory
“Callback”
n Receiving a phone call
l Answering the phone
l Refusing the call
n Transferring a call
n Using a call history memory
l Dialing
l Storing data in the phone book
l Deleting
Dialing by inputting a phone number
Press
and say “Dial by number”.
Press
and say the phone number.
274
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 275 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Dial by one of the following methods:
a. Press
.
b. Press
and say “Dial”.
c. Select “Dial” by using
.
Dialing by inputting a name
Press
and say “Dial by name”.
Select a registered name to be input by either of the following
methods:
and say a registered name.
b. Press
and say “List names”. Press
while the
desired name is being read aloud.
Dial by one of the following methods:
a. Press
.
b. Press
and say “Dial”.
c. Select “Dial” by using
.
Speed dialing
Press
.
Press the preset button in which the desired phone number is
registered.
Press
.
275
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
a. Press
3
TACOMA_U.book Page 276 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
When receiving a phone call
n Answering the phone
Press
.
n Refusing the call
Press
.
Transferring a call
A call can be transferred between the cellular phone and system
while dialing, receiving a call, or conversing a call. Use one of the following methods:
a. Operate the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the operation of the phone.
b. Press
c. Press
*1.
and say “Call Transfer” *2.
*1
: This operation can be performed only when transferring a call
from the cellular phone to the system during a call.
*2
: While the vehicle is in motion, a call cannot be transferred from
the system to the cellular phone.
276
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 277 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Using a call history memory
Follow the procedure below to use a phone number stored in call history memory:
Press
and say “Redial” (when using a phone number
stored in the outgoing history memory) or “Callback” (when
using a phone number stored in the incoming history memory).
Select the phone number by either of the following methods:
a. Say “Previous” or “Go back” until the desired phone number is displayed.
.
The following operations can be performed:
Dialing: Press
or select “Dial” by using a voice command or
.
Storing the phone number in the phone book: Select “Store” by
using a voice command or
.
Deleting: Select “Delete” by using a voice command or
.
277
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
b. Select the desired phone number by using
3
TACOMA_U.book Page 278 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
n A shortcut to Redial is available
Press the
twice.
n Muting your voice
Your voice can be muted so that the other party cannot hear your voice during a call.
To set or cancel: Press
and say “Mute”.
n Call history
Up to 5 phone numbers can be stored in each of the outgoing and incoming
history memories.
n When talking on the phone
l Do not talk simultaneously with the other party.
l Keep the volume of the received voice down. Otherwise, voice echo will
increase.
278
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 279 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Setting a cellular phone
Registering a cellular phone in the hands-free phone system allows
the system to function. The following function can be used for registered cellular phones:
n Functions and operation procedures
To enter a menu for each function, follow the steps below by using
voice commands or
:
l Registering a cellular phone
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone setup” → 3. “Pair phone”
l Selecting a cellular phone to be used
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone setup” → 3. “Select phone”
3
Interior and exterior features
l Changing a registered name
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone setup” → 3. “Change name”
l Listing the registered cellular phones
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone setup” → 3. “List phones”
l Changing the passkey
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone setup” → 3. “Set passkey”
l Deleting a cellular phone
1. “Setup” → 2. “Phone setup” → 3. “Delete”
Registering a cellular phone
Select “Pair phone” by using a voice command or
, and do the
procedure for registering a cellular phone. (→P. 268)
279
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 280 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Selecting a cellular phone to be used
Select “Select phone” by using a voice command or
.
Pattern A
Select a cellular phone to be used by either of the following
methods, and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
:
a. Press
and say the desired phone name.
b. Press
and say “List phones”. While the name of the
desired cellular phone is being read aloud, press
.
Pattern B
Select a cellular phone to be used by using
.
Changing a registered name
Select “Change name” by using a voice command or
.
Select a name of cellular phone to be changed by either of the
following methods:
a. Press
and say the desired phone name, and select
“Confirm” by using a voice command or
280
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
.
TACOMA_U.book Page 281 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
b.Press
and say “List phones”. While the desired
phone name is being read aloud, press
.
c. Select the desired phone name by using
Press
.
or select “(RECORD NAME)” by using
,
and say a new name.
Select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
3
Select “List phones” by using a voice command or
and the sys-
tem begins reading aloud the list of the registered cellular phones.
When listing is complete, the system returns to “Phone setup”.
Pressing
while a name of cellular phone is being read selects
the cellular phone, and the following functions will be available:
• Selecting a cellular phone: “Select phone”
• Changing a registered name: “Change name”
• Deleting a cellular phone: “Delete”
281
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Listing the registered cellular phones
TACOMA_U.book Page 282 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Changing the passkey
Select “Set passkey” by using a voice command or
.
Pattern A
Press
, say a four to eight-digit number, and select
“Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
Pattern B
Select a four to eight-digit number by using
.
The number should be input one digit at a time.
When the entire number to be registered as a passkey has
been input, press
once again.
Deleting a cellular phone
Select “Delete” by using a voice command or
.
Pattern A
Select a cellular phone to be deleted by either of the following
methods and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
:
a. Press
phone.
282
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
and say the name of the desired cellular
TACOMA_U.book Page 283 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
b. Press
and say “List phones”. While the name of the
desired cellular phone is being read aloud, press
.
Pattern B
Select a cellular phone to be deleted by using
.
n The number of cellular phones that can be registered
Up to 6 cellular phones can be registered in the system.
3
Interior and exterior features
283
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 284 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Security and system setup
To enter the menu of each setting, follow the steps below:
n Security setting items and operation procedure
l Setting or changing the PIN (Personal Identification Number)
1. “Setup” → 2. “Security” → 3. “Set PIN”
l Locking the phone book
1. “Setup” → 2. “Security” → 3. “Phone book lock”
l Unlocking the phone book
1. “Setup” → 2. “Security” → 3. “Phone book unlock”
n System setup items and operation procedure
l Setting voice guidance volume
1. “Setup” → 2. “(SYSTEM SETUP)”→ 3. “(GUIDANCE VOL)”
l Initialization
1. “Setup” → 2. “(SYSTEM SETUP)” → 3. “(INITIALIZE)”
can only be used for system setup operation.
Setting or changing the PIN
n Setting a PIN
Select “Set PIN” by using a voice command or
Enter a PIN by using a voice command or
When using
284
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
.
.
, input the number one digit at a time.
TACOMA_U.book Page 285 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
n Changing the PIN
Select “Set PIN” by using a voice command or
.
Enter the registered PIN by using a voice command or
Enter a new PIN by using a voice command or
When using
.
.
, input the number one digit at a time.
Locking or unlocking the phone book
3
.
Input the PIN by either of the following methods and select
“Confirm” by using a voice command or
a. Press
:
and say the registered PIN.
b. Input a new PIN by using
.
n When the phone book is locked
The following functions cannot be used:
l Dialing by inputting a name
l Speed dialing
l Dialing a phone number stored in the call history memory
l Using the phone book
285
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Select “Phone book lock (PHBK LOCK)” or “Phone book
unlock (PHBK UNLOCK)” by using a voice command or
TACOMA_U.book Page 286 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Setting voice guidance volume
Select “(GUIDANCE VOL)” by using
.
Change the voice guidance volume.
To decrease the volume: Turn
To increase the volume: Turn
counterclockwise.
clockwise.
Initialization
Select “(INITIALIZE)” and then “(CONFIRM)” by using
Select “(CONFIRM)” by using
again.
n Initialization
l The following data in the system can be initialized:
• Phone book
• Outgoing and incoming history memory
• Speed dial data
• Registered cellular phone data
• PIN
l Once the initialization has been completed, the data cannot be restored.
286
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
.
TACOMA_U.book Page 287 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Using the phone book
To enter the menu of each setting, follow the steps below:
l Adding a new phone number
1. “Phone book” → 2. “Add entry”
l Changing a registered name
1. “Phone book” → 2. “Change name”
l Listing the registered data
1. “Phone book” → 2. “List names”
l Setting speed dial
1. “Phone book” → 2. “Set speed dial (SPEED DIAL)”
l Deleting registered data
1. “Phone book” → 2. “Delete entry”
3
Interior and exterior features
l Deleting speed dial
1. “Phone book” → 2. “Delete speed dial (DEL SPD DIAL)”
Adding a new phone number
The following methods can be used to add a new phone number:
l Inputting a phone number by using a voice command
l Transferring data from the cellular phone
l Selecting a phone number from outgoing or incoming history memory
l Inputting a phone number by using
n Adding procedure
Select “Add entry” by using a voice command or
.
287
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 288 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Use one of the following methods to input a phone number:
Inputting a phone number by using voice commands
STEP2-1 Select “By voice” by using a voice command or
.
STEP2-2 Press
, say the desired phone number, and
select “Confirm” by using a voice command.
Transferring data from the cellular phone
STEP2-1 Select “By phone” and then “Confirm” by using a
voice command or
.
STEP2-2 Transfer the data from the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for
the details of transferring data.
STEP2-3 Select the data to be registered by either of the following methods:
a. Say “Previous” or “Next” until the desired data is
displayed, and select “Confirm” by using a voice
command or
.
b. Select the desired data by using
288
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
.
TACOMA_U.book Page 289 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Selecting a phone number from outgoing or incoming history memory
STEP2-1 Select “Call history” by using a voice command or
.
STEP2-2 Select “Outgoing” or “Incoming” by using a voice
command or
.
STEP2-3 Select the data to be registered by either of the following methods:
a. Say “Previous” or “Go back” until the desired
data is displayed, and select “Confirm” by using
.
b. Select the desired data by using
.
Inputting a phone number by using
STEP2-1 Select “(MANUAL INPUT)” by using
STEP2-2 Input a phone number by using
.
, and press
once again.
Input the phone number one digit at a time.
289
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
a voice command or
3
TACOMA_U.book Page 290 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Select the name to be registered by either of the following
methods, and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
:
a. Press
and say the desired name.
b. Select “(RECORD NAME)” by using
, and say the
desired name.
Select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
again.
In
, selecting “Set speed dial (SPEED DIAL)” instead of
“Confirm” registers the newly added phone number as speed dial.
Setting speed dial
Select “Set speed dial (SPEED DIAL)” by using a voice command or
.
Select the data to be registered as speed dial by either of the
following methods:
a. Press
, say the desired phone number, and select
“Confirm” by using a voice command or
b. Press
.
, and say “List names”. While the desired name
is being read aloud, press
, and select “Confirm” by
using a voice command or
.
290
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 291 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
c. Select the desired data by using
.
Select the desired preset button, and register the data into
speed dial by either of the following methods:
a. Press the desired preset button, and select “Confirm” by
using a voice command or
.
b. Press and hold the desired preset button.
Changing a registered name
Select “Change name” by using a voice command or
.
a. Press
, say the desired name, and select “Confirm”
by using a voice command or
b. Press
.
, and say “List names”. While the desired name
is read aloud, press
.
c. Select the desired name by using
Select “(RECORD NAME)” by using
.
.
Say a new name, and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
291
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Select a name to be changed by either of the following methods.
3
TACOMA_U.book Page 292 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Deleting registered data
Select “Delete entry” by using a voice command or
.
Pattern A
Select data to be deleted by either of the following methods,
and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
a. Press
:
, and say the name of the desired phone num-
ber to be deleted.
b. Press
, say “List phones”. While the name of the
desired phone number is being read aloud, press
.
Pattern B
Select data to be deleted by using
FIRM)” by using
, and select “(CON-
.
Deleting speed dial
Select “Delete speed dial (DEL SPD DIAL)” by using a voice
command or
.
Press the preset button for which the desired speed dial is
registered, and select “Confirm” by using a voice command or
.
292
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 293 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-3. Using the hands-free phone system (for cellular phone)
Listing the registered data
Select “List names” by using a voice command and the system
begins reading aloud the list of the registered data.
When listing is complete, the system returns to “Phone book”.
Pressing
while an entry is being read aloud selects the entry,
and the following functions will be available.
•
•
•
•
Dialing: “Dial”
Changing a registered name: “Change name”
Deleting an entry: “Delete entry”
Setting speed dial: “Set speed dial (SPEED DIAL)”
3
Interior and exterior features
n Limitation of number of digits
A phone number that exceeds 24 digits cannot be registered.
293
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 294 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-4. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list
Interior light (→P. 295)
Personal lights (if equipped) (→P. 295)
n Illuminated entry system
When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position, the interior light automatically turns on/off according to whether the doors are locked/unlocked
and whether the doors are open/closed.
n To prevent the battery from being discharged
If the interior light remains on when the door is not fully closed and the interior light switch is in the DOOR position, the light will go off automatically
after 20 minutes.
294
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 295 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-4. Using the interior lights
Interior light and personal lights
Interior light
DOOR position
OFF
ON
Personal lights (if equipped)
3
On/off
Interior and exterior features
295
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 296 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-5. Using the storage features
List of storage features
Glove box
Glove box
Overhead console (if equipped)
Bottle holders
Console boxes (Access Cab and Double Cab models)
Auxiliary boxes
Cup holders
Glove box
Pull up the lever.
296
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 297 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-5. Using the storage features
Glove box and console boxes
CAUTION
n Caution while driving
Keep the glove box closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Console boxes (Access Cab and Double Cab models only)
Front (Access Cab and Double Cab models)
Push the button.
3
Lift the lid while pulling the knob.
297
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Rear (Access Cab models)
TACOMA_U.book Page 298 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-5. Using the storage features
Console boxes and cup holders
n Removing the cargo net (front console box)
Unhook the net.
CAUTION
n Caution while driving
Keep the console box closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Cup holders
Type A (Bench type front seat)
298
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 299 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-5. Using the storage features
Cup holders
Type B (Separated type front seats with an automatic transmission)
Type C (Separated type front seats with a manual transmission)
3
Pattern A
Adjust the holder.
299
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
n Adjusting the cup holder to the size of the cups or drink-cans (type A
and type B)
TACOMA_U.book Page 300 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-5. Using the storage features
Cup holders and bottle holders
Pattern B
Remove the holder.
Change the holder position.
STY34AF021
CAUTION
n Items unsuitable for the cup holder
Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent
burns.
Bottle holders
Front
300
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 301 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-5. Using the storage features
Bottle holders
Front console box (Access Cab and Double Cab models)
Rear (Double Cab models)
3
Interior and exterior features
n Bottle holders
Depending on their size or shape, some bottles may not fit in the holders.
NOTICE
n Items that should not be stowed in the bottle holders
Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bottle holders, or glasses and paper cups containing liquid. The contents may
spill and glasses may break.
301
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 302 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-5. Using the storage features
Auxiliary boxes
Auxiliary boxes
Front
Pull the lid down.
Under the rear seats (Access Cab models)
Pull up the lever.
Raise the bottom cushion up.
Turn the knob counterclockwise.
302
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 303 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-5. Using the storage features
Auxiliary boxes
Open the lid.
Press the lid against the bottom of the lower cushion until
it is supported by the hookand-loop fastener.
Make sure that the lid is supported to prevent it from closing
unexpectedly.
Under the rear seats (Double Cab models)
Swing the bottom cushion up by
pulling the lock release strap.
3
Open the lid.
CAUTION
n Caution while driving
Keep the auxiliary boxes closed and locked.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
303
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Turn the knob counterclockwise.
TACOMA_U.book Page 304 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-5. Using the storage features
Overhead console
Overhead console
The overhead console is useful for temporarily storing sunglasses
and similar small items.
Pull the lid down while pushing
the knob.
CAUTION
n Items that should not be left in the overhead console
Do not leave glasses or lighters in the console.
If the interior of the vehicle become hot, lighters may explode and glasses
may warp or becomes cracked.
n Caution while driving
Keep the overhead console closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
n Items unsuitable for storing
Do not store items heavier than 0.4 lb. (0.2 kg).
Doing so may cause the overhead console to open and the items inside may
fall out, resulting in an accident.
304
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 305 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Sun visors
Type A
Forward position:
Flip down.
Side position:
Flip down, unhook, and
swing to the side.
Side extender:
Place in side position, then
slide backwards.
3
Forward position:
Flip down.
Side position:
Flip down, unhook, and
swing to the side.
305
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Type B
TACOMA_U.book Page 306 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Vanity mirrors
Type A
Slide the cover.
Type B
306
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 307 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Clock
Adjusts the hours
Adjusts the minutes
3
Interior and exterior features
n The clock is displayed when
The engine switch is in the ACC or ON position.
n When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals
The time display will automatically be set to 1:00.
307
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 308 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Outside temperature display (vehicles with accessory meter)
Displays the outside air
temperature.
The temperature range that
can be displayed is from -22°F
(-30°C) to 122°F (50°C).
Switches the outside air
temperature
display
between °F (Fahrenheit)
and °C (Celsius).
n When – –°F or – –°C is displayed
The system may be malfunctioning. Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
n The outside air temperature is displayed when
The engine switch is in the ON position.
n When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals
The display will automatically be set to the initial mode.
n Display
In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be displayed, or the display may take longer than normal to change.
l When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 12 mph [20 km/h])
l When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/
exit of a garage or tunnel, etc.)
308
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 309 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Cigarette lighter
Push the cigarette lighter.
The cigarette lighter will pop up
when it is ready for use.
n The cigarette lighter can be used when
3
The engine switch is in the ACC or ON position.
n To avoid burns or fires
l Do not touch the metal parts of the cigarette lighter.
l Do not hold the cigarette lighter down. It could overheat and cause a fire.
l Do not insert anything other than the cigarette lighter into the outlet.
309
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
CAUTION
TACOMA_U.book Page 310 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Power outlet (12V DC)
The power outlet can be used for 12 V accessories that run on less
than 10A.
n The power outlet can be used when
The engine switch is in the ACC or ON position.
NOTICE
n To avoid damaging the power outlet
Close the power outlet lid when not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlet may cause a short circuit.
n To prevent the fuse from being blown
Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12V/10A.
n To prevent the battery from being discharged
Do not use the power outlet longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
310
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 311 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Power outlet (if 115V AC equipped)
The power outlet can be used for electrical appliances.
3
To use the power outlet, turn on the main switch.
The power supply starts a few seconds after the main switch is
pressed.
Power outlet socket
Maximum available capacity of the power outlet
n While the vehicle is being driven
The maximum capacity of the power outlet is always 115V AC/
100W.
n When the vehicle is stationary
The maximum capacity of the power outlet varies depending on
the following conditions.
l The maximum capacity is 115V AC/400W when the following condition applies:
• The shift lever is in P or N. (automatic transmission)
311
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Main switch
TACOMA_U.book Page 312 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
• The shift lever is in N and the clutch pedal is not depressed.
(manual transmission)
A maximum capacity of 400W can only be restored by turning the
power outlet main switch off and then on again under condition
described above.
l The maximum capacity is 115V AC/100W when the following condition applies:
• The shift lever is moved to any positions other than P and N.
(automatic transmission)
• The clutch pedal is depressed. (manual transmission)
n The power outlet can be used when
The engine is started.
n The indicator light changes according the maximum available capacity,
as follows:
Indicates 115V AC/400W
Indicates 115V AC/100W
n When the power outlet is in operation
The sound of the cooling fan may be heard from the front console box. This
is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
312
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 313 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
n If the engine is started with the power outlet main switch on
The maximum capacity of the power supply may decrease to below the standard, or may be cut off completely, even when the vehicle is stationary.
n The protection circuit may be activated to cut the power supply if any
of the following conditions apply:
l The engine is started with the power outlet main switch on.
l Use of electrical appliances exceeding the maximum capacity is
attempted.
A sound may be heard when the protection circuit is activated.
This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
l Electrical appliances, which consume power exceeding 100W, have
been used continuously for a long time period.
n If the protection circuit is activated and the power supply is cut, conduct the following procedure:
Park the vehicle in a safe place, and then securely apply the parking brake.
Check and ensure the following conditions:
•The shift lever is in P or N. (automatic transmission)
•The shift lever is in N and the clutch pedal is not depressed.
(manual transmission)
Make sure that the power consumption of the electric appliance is
within the maximum capacity of the power outlet and the appliance
is not broken.
Press the power outlet main switch again.
When the cabin temperature is high, open the windows to cool the temperature down. Once it reaches the normal temperature, turn the power outlet
main switch on again.
If the power supply is not resumed even after performing the above procedure, have the vehicle inspected by a Toyota dealer.
313
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
3
Interior and exterior features
l The total power usage by all electrical features (headlights, air conditioning, etc.) has exceeded the total vehicle maximum for an extended
period of time.
TACOMA_U.book Page 314 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
CAUTION
n Using a power outlet
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury.
l Use of the power outlet when it is wet with rain, drinking water or snow
may result in electrical shocks and is extremely dangerous. The power
outlet must be thoroughly dried before use.
l Do not allow children to use or play with the power outlet.
l Be careful not to get any part of your body caught in the power outlet lid.
l When using electrical appliances, strictly follow any cautions and notices
written on their labels and in the manufacturers’ instruction manuals.
l Do not modify, disassemble or repair the power outlet or its inverter, in any
way. Doing so may result in unexpected malfunctions or accidents, which
could cause serious damage or injuries. Contact a Toyota dealer for any
necessary repairs.
n To prevent injuries and accidents, securely fix all electric appliances
before use and do not use any appliances that may do any of the following:
l Distract the driver while driving, or hamper safe driving.
l Result in a fire or burn injuries due to the appliance rolling, falling or overheating while driving.
l Emit steam, while the windows of the cabin are closed.
n To prevent unexpected accidents, such as electric shocks, do not perform any of the following.
l Using the power outlet for electric heaters while sleeping.
l Contaminating the power outlet with liquid substances or mud.
l Handling electrical appliance plugs at the power outlet with wet hands or
feet.
l Inserting foreign objects into the power outlet.
l Using malfunctioning electric appliances.
l Inserting inappropriate or badly fitting plugs into the power outlet.
314
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 315 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
NOTICE
n To avoid damaging the power outlet and the plug
l Close the power outlet lid when not in use.
l Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlet may cause a short
circuit.
l Do not use plug adaptors to connect too many plugs to the power outlet.
l After inserting a plug, gently close the power outlet lid.
n To prevent the fuse from being blown
Do not use a 115V AC appliance that requires more than maximum capacity.
If a 115V AC appliance that consumes more than maximum capacity is
used, the protection circuit will cut the power supply.
3
n Appliances that may not operate properly (115V AC)
l Appliances with high initial peak wattage
l Measuring devices that process precise data.
l Other appliances that require an extremely stable power supply
n To prevent the battery from being discharged
Turn off all the vehicle’s electronic equipment and accessories, such as the
headlights and air conditioning, when electrical appliances that consume in
excess of 100W are used continuously for long periods of time.
n To prevent any damage caused by heat
Do not use any electrical appliances that give off intense heat such as toasters, in any locations including the internal or external trim, seats and deck.
l Do not use any electrical appliances, which are easily affected by vibration
or heat, inside the vehicle.
Vibration while driving, or the heat of the sun while parking, may result in
damage to those electrical appliances.
315
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
The following 115V AC appliances may not operate even if their power consumption is under maximum capacity.
TACOMA_U.book Page 316 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
NOTICE
n If any electrical appliances are to be used while driving
Securely fasten both the appliances and their cables to prevent them from
falling or getting caught any of the power train components.
n If the power outlet is loose when an electrical appliance plug is connected
Replace the outlet.
Contact a Toyota dealer for any necessary replacements.
n If the power outlet gets dirty
Turn the main switch off and use a soft, clean cloth to wipe it gently.
Do not use any cleansing materials, such as organic solvents, wax, or compound cleaners, as these may damage the power outlet or cause it to malfunction.
316
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 317 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Seatback table (if equipped)
Front passenger’s seatback can be used as a temporary table only
when the vehicle is stopped.
Fold down the front passenger’s seat to use the seatback
table. (→P. 47)
3
CAUTION
Interior and exterior features
n Caution while driving
Observe the following precautions to avoid death or serious injury.
l Do not set up the seatback table.
l Do not sit on or place anything on the seatback table.
NOTICE
n To prevent damage to the seatback table
Do not put heavy loads on the table.
317
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 318 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Floor mat
Securely place a mat that matches the size of the space on the carpet.
Secure the front floor mat
using the hooks provided.
CAUTION
n When inserting the floor mat
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in the floor mat slipping and interfering with the
movement of the pedals during driving, resulting in an accident.
l Make sure the floor mat is properly placed on the vehicle carpet and the
correct side faces upward.
l Do not place floor mats on top of existing mats.
318
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 319 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Luggage compartment features
Behind the rear seat (Double Cab models only)
3
Interior and exterior features
Cargo net hooks (vehicles with sub woofer)
Grocery bag hooks
Flashlight holder
Storage boxes
Deck
Auxiliary boxes
Tie-down cleats
Deck hooks
319
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 320 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Auxiliary boxes
Left side
Turn the knob counterclockwise.
Open the lid.
Right side (vehicles without 115V power outlet)
Turn the knob counterclockwise.
Open the lid.
Right side (vehicles with 115V power outlet)
Turn the knob counterclockwise.
Open the lid.
320
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 321 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
CAUTION
n Caution while driving
Keep the auxiliary boxes closed and locked.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
Deck hooks
Deck hooks are provided for
securing loose items.
3
Interior and exterior features
CAUTION
n When not in use
Keep the deck hooks folded.
321
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 322 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Tie-down cleats
The deck rail system enables you to insert and move tie-down cleats
to their best location along deck rails to secure a load.
Locking plate
Thumb wheel
Tie-down cleat
n Installing the tie-down cleat
Loosen the thumb wheel in a
counterclockwise motion, and
depress the wheel so that the
locking plate maintains 0.5 in.
(12.7 mm) gap.
0.5 in.
(12.7 mm)
Deck rail
Detent
Locking plate
322
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 323 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Insert the locking plate into the
deck rail, rotate the tie-down
cleat 90°, and release the thumb
wheel.
Slide the cleat to the closest
detent in the rail system. You will
feel that the locking plate snaps
into a detent.
Check the tie-down cleat to confirm that it is locked into a detent
and securely mounted to the
deck rail system.
323
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
Tighten the thumb wheel in a
clockwise motion until the clutch
mechanism ratchets.
3
TACOMA_U.book Page 324 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
CAUTION
n Tie-down cleat precautions
l Properly install and tighten the tie-down cleats into the deck rail system.
Failure to properly install and tighten the tie-down cleats can cause cargo
to become unsecured. Unsecured cargo can cause injury when the vehicle is in motion.
l Properly secure all cargo to prevent shifting or sliding during driving.
Failure to properly secure cargo can cause injury when the vehicle is in
motion.
l Applying loads at an angle to the tie-down cleat greater than 45° or loads
greater than 220 lb. (100 kg) may cause damage to the deck, deck rail
system, tie-down cleat and/or the cargo.
l Do not exceed a total tensile load of 440 lb. (200 kg) per deck rail.
l Do not install more than the following number of tie-down cleats per deck
rail:
• Side rail:
Short deck—Max. 3 locations
Long deck—Max. 4 locations
• Headboard rail: Max. 3 locations
Storage boxes (Double Cab models only)
Storage box is designed to place things like bottles.
Right side (vehicles without sub woofer)
324
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 325 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Left side
n Removing the separator
Flashlight holder (Double Cab models only)
Flashlight holder is designed to
hold the flashlight securely.
325
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
3
Interior and exterior features
Remove the separator.
It can be installed in various positions as
required.
TACOMA_U.book Page 326 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
n Removing the flashlight holder
Remove the flashlight holder.
It can be installed in various positions as
required.
Grocery bag hooks (Double Cab models only)
Grocery bag hook is designed to
hang things like grocery bag.
NOTICE
n Grocery bag hook weight capacity
Do not hang any object heavier than 7 lb. (3 kg) on the grocery bag hooks.
326
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 327 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Cargo net hooks (Double Cab models with sub woofer)
Cargo net hooks are designed to
hang the factory-supplied cargo
net.
NOTICE
3
n To prevent damage to the cargo net hook
Interior and exterior features
Do not hang items other than the cargo net.
327
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 328 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Garage door opener box (if equipped)
The garage door opener box is designed to store a garage door
opener transmitter.
n Storing the transmitter in the box
Pull the lid down while pushing
the knob.
Remove the hook-and-loop
fastener square.
328
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 329 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Remove the paper strip
covering the adhesive on
back side of square.
Adhere the square to back
side of the transmitter near
the center.
Place the transmitter with fastener square facing inside of
box into the box.
Remove spacers from the
center panel.
Place one spacer on the pin
that would be below transmitter button when the
cover is closed. Close the
cover.
329
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
3
Interior and exterior features
Make sure the transmitter button is located above button
pins.
TACOMA_U.book Page 330 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
n Operating the garage door opener transmitter
When the garage door opener transmitter is properly installed,
you can operate the transmitter by pushing the button of the
cover.
Push the button.
n If a garage door opener transmitter has wire clip for sun visor
This clip must be removed prior to adhesion of the fastener.
n If the center panel does not touch your garage door opener transmitter
l Check to see if the spacer is on the correct pin.
l Attach another spacer to the top of original spacer. Check operation. If
required, continue to add spacers until
contact is achieved.
n To prevent the transmitter from clattering during driving
If the transmitter is clattering during driving, fill in a piece of felt or pad.
330
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 331 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
CAUTION
n Caution while driving
Keep the garage door opener box closed.
Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
n To prevent an accident
Keep the remaining spacers away from the children.
3
Interior and exterior features
331
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 332 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Compass (vehicles with accessory meter)
The compass on the accessory meter indicates the direction in
which the vehicle is heading.
n Operation
To turn the compass on or off,
press the switch.
n Displays and directions
Display
Direction
N
North
NE
Northeast
E
East
SE
Southeast
S
South
SW
Southwest
W
West
NW
Northwest
332
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 333 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
Calibrating the compass
3
Samoa: 5
Guam: 8
Saipan: 8
If you cross over a map boundary shown in illustration, the compass will
deviate.
To obtain higher precision or perfect calibration, refer to the following.
n Deviation calibration
Stop the vehicle where it is safe to drive in a circle.
Press the switch until
appears on the display.
VAR
Press the switch, and referring to the map above, select the
number of the zone where you are.
If the direction is displayed several seconds after adjustment, the
calibration is complete.
333
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
The direction display deviates from the true direction determined by
the earth’s magnetic field. The amount of deviation varies according
to the geographic position of the vehicle.
TACOMA_U.book Page 334 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
n Circling calibration
Stop the vehicle where it is safe to drive in a circle.
Press the switch until
appears on the display.
CAL
At this time, the compass display
is locked in N.
Drive the vehicle at 5
mph (8 km/h) or less in a
circle until the direction is
displayed.
If there is not enough space
to drive in a circle, drive
around the block until the
direction is displayed.
When CAL goes off and the
compass display returns to
the normal mode, calibration
is complete.
334
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 335 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
n Conditions unfavorable to correct operation
The compass may not show the correct direction in the following conditions:
l The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning.
The compass does not adjust while the vehicle is stopped.
l The engine switch is turned off immediately after turning.
l The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
l The vehicle is in a place where the earth’s magnetic field is subject to
interference by artificial magnetic fields (underground car park/parking
lot, under a steel tower, between buildings, roof car park/parking lot, near
an intersection, near a large vehicle, etc.).
l The vehicle has become magnetized.
(There is a magnet or metal object on or near the roof.)
3
l The battery has been disconnected.
n While driving the vehicle
Do not adjust the display. Be sure to adjust the display only when the vehicle
is stopped.
n When doing the circling calibration
Be sure to secure a wide space, and watch out for people and vehicles in the
neighborhood. Do not violate any local traffic rules while performing circling
calibration.
335
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Interior and exterior features
CAUTION
TACOMA_U.book Page 336 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
3-6. Other interior features
NOTICE
n To avoid the compass malfunctions
Do not place magnets or any metal objects on or near the roof.
Doing this may cause a malfunction of the compass sensor.
n To ensure normal operation of the compass
l Do not perform circling calibration of the compass in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields.
l During calibration, do not operate electric systems (power windows, etc.)
as they may interfere with the calibration.
336
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 338 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in prime
condition.
l Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any
dirt and dust.
Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
l For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly with water.
l Wipe away any water.
l Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
n Automatic car washes
l Before washing the vehicle, do the following.
• Fold the mirrors back.
• Remove the antenna.
l Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface
and harm your vehicle’s paint.
n High pressure car washes
Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of
the windows. Before entering an automatic car wash, check that the fuel filler
door on your vehicle is closed properly.
n Aluminum wheels (if equipped)
Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Do not use hard
brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical cleaners.
Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint.
n Bumpers and side moldings
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
338
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 339 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-1. Maintenance and care
n To prevent deterioration and body corrosion
l Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
•
•
•
•
•
After driving near the sea coast
After driving on salted roads
If you see coal tar or tree sap on the paint surface
If you see dead insects or insect droppings on the paint
After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled in dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
l If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
CAUTION
n Caution about the exhaust pipe
Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipe until it has cooled
sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
n To protect your vehicle’s painted surfaces
Do not use organic cleaners such as benzene or gasoline.
n Cleaning the exterior lights
l Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
l Do not apply wax on the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
339
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
NOTICE
4
TACOMA_U.book Page 340 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior and
keep it in top condition:
n Protecting the vehicle interior
Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
n Cleaning the leather areas
l Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
l Wipe any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
l Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly
wipe off all remaining traces of detergent.
l Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
n Synthetic leather areas
l Remove loose dirt using a vacuum cleaner.
l Apply a mild soap solution to the synthetic leather using a
sponge or soft cloth.
l Allow the solution to soak in for a few minutes. Remove the
dirt and wipe off the solution with a clean, damp cloth.
n Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year
to maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior.
340
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 341 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-1. Maintenance and care
n Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a
sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not apply
water. The excellent results are obtained when keeping the carpet as dry as
possible.
n Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
CAUTION
n Water in the vehicle
l Be careful not to splash or spill liquid on the floor.
l Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(→P. 81)
Electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or severe injury.
4
Maintenance and care
341
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 342 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-1. Maintenance and care
NOTICE
n Cleaning detergents
Do not use organic substances such as benzene or gasoline, acidic or alkaline solutions, dye, bleach or other detergent. Doing so may discolor the
vehicle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces.
n Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces.
l Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
l Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
l Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or that contain wax on the upholstery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
n Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components under the floor of the vehicle, and
may also cause the body to rust.
342
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 343 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and regular
maintenance is essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to perform
regular checks. Toyota recommends the following maintenance.
n General maintenance
Should be performed on a daily basis. This can be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
n Scheduled maintenance
Should be performed at specified intervals according to the
maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the
“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
n Do-it-yourself maintenance
You can perform some maintenance procedures yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty coverage.
For details about warranty coverage, see the separate “Owner’s
Warranty Information Booklet”, “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
n Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repair to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or
if a repair shop other than Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the warranty coverage.
343
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended.
4
TACOMA_U.book Page 344 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-2. Maintenance
n Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
l Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date
with the latest service information. They are well informed about the
operations of all systems on your vehicle.
l Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly
take care of it.
CAUTION
n Warning in handling of battery
l Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile
components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a
well ventilated area.
l Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by
component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid
exposure and wash any affected area immediately.
l Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands
after handling. (→P. 368)
344
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 345 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-2. Maintenance
General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed at the intervals specified in the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”. It is recommended that
any problem you notice should be brought to the attention of your
Toyota dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
Engine compartment
Items
Check points
Battery
Maintenance-free.
(→P. 368)
Brake fluid
At the correct level?
(→P. 364)
Engine coolant
At the correct level?
(→P. 363)
Engine oil
At the correct level?
(→P. 357)
Exhaust system
No fumes or strange sounds?
Power steering fluid
At the correct level?
Radiator/condenser/hoses
Not blocked with foreign matter?
(→P. 364)
Washer fluid
At the correct level?
4
(→P. 366)
Maintenance and care
(→P. 371)
345
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 346 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-2. Maintenance
Vehicle interior
Items
Check points
Accelerator pedal
• Moves smoothly (without uneven
pedal effort or catching)?
Automatic transmission “Park”
mechanism
• Can the vehicle be hold securely
on an incline with the shift lever in
P?
Brake pedal
• Moves smoothly?
• Does it have appropriate clearance and correct amount of free
play?
Brakes
• Not pull to one side when
applied?
• Loss of brake effectiveness?
• Spongy feeling brake pedal?
• Pedal almost touches floor?
Clutch pedal
• Moves smoothly?
• Does it have correct amount of
free play?
Head restraints
• Move smoothly and lock
securely?
Indicators/buzzers
• Function properly?
Lights
• Do all the lights come on?
• Headlights aimed correctly?
Parking brake
• Moves smoothly?
• Can hold the vehicle securely on
an incline?
Seat belts
• Does the seat belt system operate smoothly?
• Are the belts undamaged?
Seats
• Do the seat controls operate
properly?
346
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 347 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-2. Maintenance
Items
Steering wheel
Check points
• Moves smoothly?
• Has correct free play?
• No strange noises?
Vehicle exterior
Items
Check points
• Operate smoothly?
Engine hood
• The lock system works properly?
Fluid leaks
• Is there any leakage after parking?
Tire
• Inflation pressure is correct?
• Tire surfaces not worn or damaged?
• Tires rotated according to the
maintenance schedule?
• Wheel nuts are not loose?
4
CAUTION
n If the engine is running
Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before performing maintenance checks.
347
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Doors
TACOMA_U.book Page 348 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-2. Maintenance
Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which
include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system monitors the operation of the emission control system.
n If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere
in the emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/
M test and may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer
to service the vehicle.
n Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test:
l When the battery is disconnected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are
erased.
Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes
may not be completely set.
l When the fuel tank cap is loose
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on as a temporary malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
n When the malfunction indicator lamp goes off after several
driving trips
The error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless the
vehicle is driven 40 or more times.
n If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing.
348
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 349 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance yourself, be sure to follow the correct
procedures as given in these sections.
Items
Parts and tools
(→P. 368)
Brake fluid level
(→P. 364)
• FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE
J1703 brake fluid
• Rag or paper towel
(→P. 363)
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, nonamine, non-nitrite and non-borate
coolant with long-life hybrid
organic acid technology.
U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
is pre-mixed with 50% coolant
and 50% deionized water.
Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
is pre-mixed with 55% coolant
and 45% deionized water.
Engine oil level
(→P. 357)
• Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or
equivalent
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding oil)
Fuses
(→P. 393)
• Fuse with same amperage rating
as original
Engine coolant level
4
Maintenance and care
Battery condition
• Warm water
• Baking soda
• Grease
• Conventional wrench
(for terminal clamp bolts)
349
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 350 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Items
Light bulbs
Parts and tools
(→P. 403)
Power steering fluid level
(→P. 366)
Radiator and condenser
(→P. 364)
• Bulb with same number and wattage rating as original
• Phillips-head screwdriver
• Conventional wrench
• Automatic transmission fluid
DEXRON® II or III
• Rag or paper towel
⎯
Tire inflation pressure (→P. 381)
• Tire pressure gauge
• Compressed air source
Washer fluid
• Water
• Washer fluid containing antifreeze
(for winter use)
350
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
(→P. 371)
TACOMA_U.book Page 351 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury observe the following precautions.
n When working on the engine compartment
l Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from the moving fan and engine
drive belt.
l Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc. right
after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
l Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper or rags, in the
engine compartment.
l Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the battery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.
l Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
n When working near the cooling fan or radiator grille
Be sure the engine switch is off.
With the engine switch on, the cooling fan may automatically start to run if
the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high.
n Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc. from
getting in the eyes.
351
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
4
Maintenance and care
l Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with
clean water immediately.
TACOMA_U.book Page 352 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
n If you remove the air cleaner
Driving with the air cleaner removed may cause excessive engine wear due
to dirt in the air. Also a backfire could cause a fire in the engine compartment.
n If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it may indicate a serious problem.
352
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 353 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Hood
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
Pull the hood release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
4
353
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Pull up the hood catch lever
and lift the hood.
TACOMA_U.book Page 354 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Hold the hood open by inserting the supporting rod into the
slot.
CAUTION
n Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
n After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely from falling down on to your
head or body.
NOTICE
n When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood with the support rod up could cause the hood to bend.
354
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 355 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Engine compartment
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
4
Radiator cap
Engine oil level dipstick
(→P. 357)
Engine coolant reservoir
(→P. 363)
Brake fluid reservoir
(→P. 364)
Engine oil filler cap
(→P. 357)
Fuse box
(→P. 393)
Battery
(→P. 368)
Power steering fluid reservoir
(→P. 366)
Condenser
(→P. 364)
Radiator
(→P. 364)
Maintenance and care
Washer fluid tank (→P. 371)
355
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 356 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Washer fluid tank (→P. 371)
Power steering fluid reservoir
(→P. 366)
Radiator cap
Engine oil filler cap
(→P. 357)
Brake fluid reservoir
(→P. 364)
Engine oil level dipstick
(→P. 357)
Fuse box
(→P. 393)
Battery
(→P. 368)
Engine coolant reservoir
(→P. 363)
Condenser
(→P. 364)
Radiator
(→P. 364)
356
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 357 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Engine oil
Engine oil
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
n Checking the engine oil
Park the vehicle on level ground. After turning off the engine,
wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the bottom of
the engine.
Hold a rag under the end and pull the dipstick out.
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
4
Maintenance and care
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Wipe the dipstick clean.
Reinsert the dipstick fully.
Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out and check
the oil level.
Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
357
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 358 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
Low
Full
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Low
Full
n Adding engine oil
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
If the oil level is below or near
the low level mark, add engine
oil of the same type as already in
the engine.
358
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 359 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed before
adding oil.
Oil grade
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Items
Clean funnel
Remove the oil filler cap, turning it counterclockwise.
4
Add engine oil slowly.
Reinstall the filler cap, turning it clockwise.
The approximate quantity of oil needed to raise the level between low and
full on the dipstick is indicated as follows:
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
1.4 qt. (1.3 L, 1.1 lmp. qt.)
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 lmp. qt.)
359
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Checking the dipstick.
TACOMA_U.book Page 360 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Recommended viscosity
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
SAE 5W-20 or 0W-20
*
: SAE 5W-20 or 0W-20 engine
oil may be used. However,
SAE 0W-20 is the best choice
for good fuel economy and
good starting in cold weather.
Outside temperature
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
SAE 5W-30 is the best choice for
good fuel economy, and good
starting in cold weather.
Outside temperature
*: If SAE 5W-30 oil is not available, SAE 10W-30 oil may be
used. However, it should be
replaced with SAE 5W-30 at
the next oil change.
n How to read oil container labels
Some oil containers are labeled with ILSAC certification marks that
help you to select the proper oil.
360
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 361 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Engine oil consumption
l The amount of engine oil consumed depends on the oil viscosity, the
quality of the oil and the way the vehicle is driven.
l More oil is consumed under driving conditions such as high speeds and
frequent acceleration and deceleration.
l A new engine consumes more oil.
l When judging the amount of oil consumption, keep in mind that the oil
may have become diluted, making it difficult to judge the true level accurately.
l Oil consumption: Max. 1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 lmp.qt./600 miles (1.0 L per
1000 km)
l If you consume more than 1.1 qt. (1.0 L, 0.9 lmp.qt.) every 600 miles
(1000 km), contact your Toyota dealer.
n After changing the engine oil (U.S.A. only)
The oil change system should be reset. Perform the following procedures:
Turn the engine switch off with the odometer reading shown.(→P.
150)
Continue to press and hold the button until the odometer displays
000000.
If the system fails to reset, the light will continue flashing.
361
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Turn the engine switch to the ON position while holding down the
trip meter reset button.
4
TACOMA_U.book Page 362 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n Used engine oil
l Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation or skin cancer, so care should
be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used engine
oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
l Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground. Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for
information concerning recycling or disposal.
l Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
n To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on regular basis.
n When replacing the engine oil
l Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
l Avoid overfilling, as the engine could be damaged.
l Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
l Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
362
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 363 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Engine coolant
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the FULL and LOW
lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Reservoir cap
FULL
LOW
If the level is on or below the
LOW line, add coolant up to the
FULL line.
n If the coolant level drops within a short time after replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, reservoir cap, radiator cap, drain cock
and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer pressure test the cap and
check for leaks in the cooling system.
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
U.S.A.: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
50% deionized water. (Enabled: -31°F [-35°C])
Canada: “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
45% deionized water. (Enabled: -44°F [-42°C])
For more details about engine coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
n When the engine is hot
Do not remove the radiator cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing burns or other injuries.
363
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
n Coolant selection
4
TACOMA_U.book Page 364 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
n When adding engine coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
n If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent damage to parts or paint.
Radiator and condenser
Check the radiator and condenser and clear any foreign objects.
If either of the above parts are extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer.
CAUTION
n When the engine is hot
Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and may cause
burns.
Brake fluid
n Checking fluid level
Type A
The brake fluid level should be
between the MAX and MIN lines
on the reservoir.
MAX
MIN
364
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 365 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Type B
MAX
MIN
n Adding fluid
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary items.
Fluid type
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
Items
Rag or paper towel
Type B only
4
Turn the engine switch off.
Remove the reservoir cap.
Add newly opened brake fluid up to the MAX line.
n Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
Excess moisture in the fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking efficiency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
365
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Depress the brake pedal 20 times or more.
TACOMA_U.book Page 366 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n When filling the reservoir
Take care because brake fluid can harm your hands or eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean
water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
NOTICE
n If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it may indicate a serious problem.
n If you spill fluid
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent damage to parts or paint.
Power steering fluid
n Fluid level
The fluid level should be within the appropriate range.
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
Full (when cold)
Add fluid (when cold)
Full (when hot)
Add fluid (when hot)
366
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 367 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Hot:
Vehicle has been driven around 50 mph (80 km/h) for 20
minutes, or slightly longer in frigid temperatures. (Fluid
temperature, 104°F - 175°F [40°C - 80°C])
Cold:
Engine has not been run for about 5 hours. (Room temperature, 32°F - 104°F [0°C - 40°C])
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Full (when cold)
Add fluid (when cold)
Full (when hot)
Add fluid (when hot)
Hot:
Vehicle has been driven around 50 mph (80 km/h) for 20
minutes, or slightly longer in frigid temperatures. (Fluid
temperature, 140°F - 175°F [60°C - 80°C])
Engine has not been run for about 5 hours. (Room temperature, 50°F - 85°F [10°C - 30°C])
n Checking the fluid level
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary items.
Fluid type
Items
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON® II or III
Rag or paper towel
Clean all dirt off the reservoir.
Remove the cap by turning it counterclockwise.
Wipe the dipstick clean.
Reinstall and remove the reservoir cap again.
Check the fluid level.
367
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Cold:
4
TACOMA_U.book Page 368 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n Checking the fluid level
Take care, as the reservoir may be hot.
NOTICE
n When adding fluid
Avoid overfilling, or the power steering may be damaged.
n After replacing the reservoir cap
Check the steering box case, vane pump and hose connections for leaks or
damage.
Battery
n Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
368
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 369 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Checking battery condition
Check the battery condition using the indicator color.
Type A
Green: Good condition
Dark: Charging is necessary.
Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
Clear or light yellow: Not working properly, have the battery
checked by your Toyota
dealer.
Type B
Blue: Good condition
White: Charging is necessary.
Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
n Before recharging
When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable
and explosive. Therefore, before recharging:
l If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect the ground cable.
l Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and
disconnecting the charger cables to the battery.
369
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Red: Not working properly,
have the battery checked by
your Toyota dealer.
4
TACOMA_U.book Page 370 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n Chemicals in the battery
A battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce
hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death
or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near battery:
l Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools.
l Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
l Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
l Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
l Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
l Keep children away from the battery.
n Where to safety charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a
garage or closed room where there is not sufficient ventilation.
n How to recharge the battery
Only perform a slow charge (5A or less).
The battery may explode if charged at a quicker rate.
n Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
l If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
l If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
l If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the clothing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
l If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia,
beaten raw egg or vegetable oil. Get emergency medical attention immediately.
370
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 371 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
n When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
Washer fluid
If any washer does not work, the washer tank may be empty.
Open the lid.
4
Maintenance and care
Add washer fluid.
CAUTION
n When refilling the washer fluid
Do not refill the washer fluid when the engine is hot or running, as the
washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine etc.
371
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 372 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
n Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces.
n Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the washer fluid tank.
372
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 373 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Tires
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance schedules and treadwear.
n Checking tires
New tread
Treadwear indicator
Worn tread
The location of treadwear
indicators is shown by the
“TWI” or “ ” marks, etc.,
molded on the sidewall of
each tire.
Check spare tire condition
and inflation pressure if not
rotated.
n Tire rotation
4
Front
To equalize tire wear and
extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire rotation is
carried out at the same interval as tire inspection.
Do not fail to initialize the tire
pressure warning system
after tire rotation.
n The tire pressure warning system
Your Toyota is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that
uses tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low
tire inflation pressure before serious problems arise. (→P. 427)
373
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.
TACOMA_U.book Page 374 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are installed,
new tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure warning computer and tire pressure warning
system must be initialized. Have tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID codes registered by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 375)
Initializing the tire pressure warning system
n The tire pressure warning system must be initialized in the following circumstances:
l When rotating the tires on vehicles differing with front and rear
tire inflation pressures.
l When changing the tire inflation pressure by changing traveling
speed or load weight, etc.
l When changing the tire size.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current
tire inflation pressure is set as the pressure benchmark.
n How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
Park the vehicle in safe place and turn the engine switch off.
While the vehicle is moving, initialization is not performed.
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation pressure level. (→P. 475)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire
inflation pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will
operate based on this pressure level.
Turn the engine switch to the ON position.
374
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 375 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Push and hold the tire pressure
warning reset switch about 3
seconds, and after releasing the
switch the tire pressure warning
light blinks slowly three times.
Wait for a few minutes with the engine switch on, and then
turn the engine switch to the ACC or LOCK position.
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code of tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter. Have the ID code registered by your
Toyota dealer.
375
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Registering ID codes
4
TACOMA_U.book Page 376 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n When to replace your vehicle's tires
Tires should be replaced if:
l You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric or bulges indicating internal damage
l A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the
size or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
n Replacing tires and wheels
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not
registered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After
driving for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light comes on
after blinking for 1 minute to indicate a system malfunction.
n Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if they have seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
n If the tread wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm) on snow tires
The effectiveness of snow tires is lost.
n Maximum load of tire
Check that the maximum load of the replaced tire is greater than 1/2 of
the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) of either the front axle or the
rear axle, whichever is greater.
As for the maximum load of the tire, see the load limit at maximum cold
tire inflation pressure mentioned on the sidewall of the tire, and as for the
Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR), see the Certification Label.
(→P. 381, 465, 482).
376
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 377 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Tire types
1 Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When
installing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
2 All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions, as well as for use
year round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also,
all season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance
compared with summer tires in highway driving.
3 Snow tires
377
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
4
Maintenance and care
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, construction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restriction. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (→P. 201)
TACOMA_U.book Page 378 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Initializing the tire pressure warning system
Initialize the tires with the tire inflation pressure adjusted to the specified
level.
n If you push the tire pressure warning reset switch accidentally
If initialization is performed, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level and initialize the tire pressure warning system again.
n When the initialization of the tire pressure warning system has
failed
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not
operate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure
settings are unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
l When operating the tire pressure warning reset switch, the tire pres-
sure warning light does not flash 3 times.
l After carrying out the initialization procedure, the tire pressure warn-
ing light blinks for 1 minute then stays on after driving for about 20
minutes.
n Routine tire inflation pressure checks
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of your routine of daily vehicle checks.
378
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 379 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Tire pressure warning system certification
For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and
can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference
will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause
harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try
to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
4
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may
not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
379
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
l Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
TACOMA_U.book Page 380 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents. Failure to do so
may cause damage to parts of the drive train, as well as dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to fatal or injury accidents.
l Do not mix tires of different makes, models, tread patterns or tread-
wear.
l Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
l Do not mix radial, bias-belted, or bias-ply tires.
l Do not mix summer, all season and winter tires.
n When initializing the tire pressure warning system
Do not push the tire pressure warning reset switch without first adjusting
the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is
low, or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is actually normal.
NOTICE
n Repairing or replacing tires, wheels and tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
n To avoid damaging the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters
Do not use liquid sealants on flat tires.
380
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 381 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Tire inflation pressure
n Tire inflation pressure
The recommended cold tire inflation pressure and tire size is displayed on the tire and loading information label. (→P. 475)
Regular Cab and Double Cab models
4
Maintenance and care
381
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 382 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Access Cab models
382
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 383 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Inspection and adjustment procedure
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge
Remove the tire valve cap.
Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.
Read the pressure using the graduations of the gauge.
If the tire inflation pressure is not within the recommended
levels, adjust inflate the tire.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to
lower.
Reinstall the tire valve cap.
383
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement
and adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check
for leakage.
4
TACOMA_U.book Page 384 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Tire inflation pressure check interval
You should check tire pressure every two weeks, or at least once a
month.
Do not forget to check the spare.
n Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
l Reduced fuel efficiency
l Reduced driving comfort and tire life
l Reduced safety
l Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent refilling, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
n Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
l Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours and has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold
tire inflation pressure reading.
l Always use a tire pressure gauge.
The appearance of the tire can be misleading. In addition, tire inflation pressures that are even just a few pounds off can degrade ride
and handling.
l Do not bleed or reduce tire inflation pressure after driving. It is normal
for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving.
l Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle
is balanced.
384
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 385 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
Otherwise, the following conditions may occur and result in an accident
causing death or serious injury.
l Excessive wear
l Uneven wear
l Poor handling
l Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
l Poor sealing of the tire bead
l Wheel deformation and/or tire separation
l A greater possibility of tire damage from road hazards
NOTICE
4
n When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
385
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Be sure to reinstall the tire valve caps.
Without the valve caps, dirt or moisture could get into the valve and
cause air leakage, which could result in an accident. If the caps have
been lost, replace them as soon as possible.
TACOMA_U.book Page 386 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced.
Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause loss of
handling control.
n Wheel selection
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that
they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter,
rim width, and offset.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.
Toyota does not recommend using:
l Wheels of different sizes or types
l Used wheels
l Bent wheels that have been straightened
n Wheel precautions
l Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrench designed for use with
your aluminum wheels.
l When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 100 miles (160 km).
l Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using
tire chains.
l Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a
plastic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
n When replacing wheels
The wheels of your Toyota are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters (except for spare tire) that allow the tire pressure
warning system to provide advanced warning in the event of a loss in tire
inflation pressure. Whenever wheels are replaced, the tire pressure
warning valves and transmitters must be installed. (→P. 374)
386
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 387 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n When replacing wheels
l Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in
the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in loss of handling control.
l Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a
tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or serious injury.
NOTICE
n Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
l Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your
Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your
Toyota dealer.
4
l Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
387
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.
TACOMA_U.book Page 388 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain air
conditioning efficiency.
n Removal method
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the glove box.
Slide off the damper.
Push in each side of the glove
box to disconnect the claws.
388
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 389 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Open the filter door.
Remove the filter.
4
Remove the air conditioning
filter and replace it with a new
one.
When installing the filter, follow
the instructions indicated on
the label.
389
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
n Replacement method
TACOMA_U.book Page 390 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to
the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
n If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
NOTICE
n When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.
390
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 391 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Wireless remote control battery (if equipped)
Replace the battery with a new one if it is discharged.
n You will need the following items:
Lithium battery CR2032
n Replacing the battery
Remove the cover using a
coin protected with tape etc.
Remove the discharged transmitter battery.
4
Insert a new battery with the
“+” terminal facing up.
Maintenance and care
391
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 392 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n If the wireless remote control battery is discharged
The following symptoms may occur.
l The wireless remote control will not function properly.
l The operational range is reduced.
n Use a CR2032 lithium battery
l Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, jewelers, or camera
stores.
l Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by your
Toyota dealer.
l Dispose of used batteries according to the local laws.
CAUTION
n Removed battery and other parts
Keep away from children.
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child they can cause choking.
NOTICE
n For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
l Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
l Do not touch or move any other components inside the remote control.
l Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
392
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 393 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Checking and replacing fuses
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may have
blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary.
Turn the engine switch off.
The fuses are located in the following places. To check the
fuses, follow the instructions below.
Engine compartment
Push the tab in and lift the lid
off.
4
Under the instrument panel
1.Open the auxiliary box.
Maintenance and care
2.Pull up the box and disengage the claws. Remove the
stoppers from the cutouts
and remove the box.
393
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 394 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
After a system failure, see “Fuse layout and amperage ratings” (→P. 396) for details about which fuse to check.
Remove the fuse with the pullout tool.
Check if the fuse has blown.
Type A
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace it with one of an
appropriate amperage rating.
The amperage rating can be
found on the fuse box lid.
394
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 395 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Type B
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace it with one of an
appropriate amperage rating.
The amperage rating can be
found on the fuse box lid.
Type C
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace it with one of an
appropriate amperage rating.
The amperage rating can be
found on the fuse box lid
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Replace it with one of an
appropriate amperage rating.
The amperage rating can be
found on the fuse box lid
395
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Type D
4
TACOMA_U.book Page 396 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Fuse layout and amperage ratings
n Engine compartment
Type A
Type B
396
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 397 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Fuse
Ampere
Circuit
1
A/C
10 A
Air conditioning system
2
FR FOG
15 A
Front fog lights
3
TOWING TAIL
30 A
Trailer lights (tail lights)
STOP
10 A
5
OBD
7.5 A
On-board diagnosis system
6
EFI NO.2
10 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
7
TOWING BRK
30 A
Trailer brake controller
8
BATT CHG
30 A
Trailer sub battery
9
TOWING
30 A
Towing converter
10
TRN-HAZ
15 A
Turn signal lights, emergency
flashers, meter and gauge
11
RADIO NO.2
30 A
Audio system
12
HEAD (LO RH)
10 A
Right-hand headlight (low beam)
13
HEAD (LO LH)
10 A
Left-hand headlight (low beam),
front fog lights
14
HEAD (HI RH)
10 A
Right-hand headlight (high beam)
15
HEAD (HI LH)
10 A
Left-hand headlight (high beam),
meter and gauge
16
ETCS
10 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system, electronic throttle control
system
17
ALT-S
7.5 A
Charging system
4
Maintenance and care
4
Stop lights, high mounted stoplight, vehicle stability control system, anti-lock brake system, shift
lock system, multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel
injection system, towing converter
397
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 398 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Fuse
Ampere
Circuit
18
EFI
20 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
19
HORN
10 A
Horn
20
A/F HEATER
15 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
21
ECU-B
7.5 A
Wireless remote control system, air
conditioning system, multiplex
communication system, meter and
gauge, clock, front passenger
occupant classification system
22
DOME
7.5 A
Interior light, personal lights
23
RADIO NO.1
10 A
Audio system
24
STA
7.5 A
Starting system, multiport fuel
injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, meter
and gauge, clutch start cancel
switch
25
Spare
10 A
Spare fuse
26
Spare
15 A
Spare fuse
27
J/B
50 A
TAIL, AC SKT, DR LCK, D FR P/W,
D RR P/W, P FR P/W and P RR P/
W fuses
28
AM1
50 A
ACC, IG1, IG1 NO.2, WIP, WSH,
4WD and STA fuses
29
HEATER
50 A
A/C fuse, air conditioning system
30
ABS NO.1
50 A
Anti-lock brake system, vehicle stability control system
31
AM2
30 A
IGN and GAUGE fuses, multiport
fuel injection system/sequential
multiport fuel injection system
398
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 399 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Fuse
Ampere
Circuit
32
A/PUMP
50 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system
33
ABS NO.2
30 A
Anti-lock brake system, vehicle stability control system
34
AC SKT
100 A
Cigarette lighter, power outlets
120 A*
AM1, AC SKT, HEATER, FR FOG,
STOP, OBD, J/B, TOWING TAIL,
TOWING BRK and BATT CHG
fuses
35
ALT
140 A*
*: Replace the fuse with one of the same ampere rating as the original
4
Maintenance and care
399
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 400 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Under the instrument panel
Fuse
Ampere
Circuit
1
IGN
15 A
Multiport fuel injection system/
sequential multiport fuel injection
system, anti-lock brake system,
traction control system, vehicle stability control system, SRS airbag
system, front passenger occupant
classification system
2
GAUGE
7.5 A
Meter and gauge, emergency
flashers
3
TAIL
10 A
Tail lights, license plate lights, parking lights, multiport fuel injection
system/sequential multiport fuel
injection system, front fog lights,
instrument panel light control, illuminations
4
ACC
7.5 A
Shift lock system, outside rear view
mirrors, audio system, power outlets
5
PWR OUTLET
15 A
Power outlets
6
DR LCK
20 A
Door lock system
400
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 401 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Fuse
Ampere
Circuit
IG1 NO.2
10 A
8
IG1
10 A
Back-up lights, air conditioning system, passenger airbag off switch,
shift lock system
9
P RR P/W
20 A
Rear passenger’s power window
(right side)
10
P FR P/W
20 A
Front passenger’s power window
11
WSH
10 A
Wipers and washer
12
D RR P/W
20 A
Rear passenger’s power window
(left side)
13
4WD
20 A
Four-wheel drive system, rear differential lock system
14
WIP
30 A
Wipers and washer
15
D FR P/W
30 A
Power windows
4
Maintenance and care
7
Anti-lock brake system, vehicle stability control system, stop lights,
charging system, multiport fuel
injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system, air conditioning system, instrument panel
light control, anti-glare inside rear
view mirror, back monitor, clutch
start cancel switch, rear differential
lock system, power outlets, tire
pressure warning system
n After a fuse is replaced
l If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb
may need replacement. (→P. 403)
l If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
n If there is an overload in the circuits
The fuses are designed to blow before the entire wiring harness is damaged.
401
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 402 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
CAUTION
n To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may cause damage, and possibly a fire or injury.
l Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than indicated, or use any
other object in place of a fuse.
l Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
This can cause extensive damage or even fire.
l Do not modify the fuse or the fuse box.
NOTICE
n Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
402
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 403 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Light bulbs
You may replace the following bulbs yourself. The difficulty level of
replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb
replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota dealer.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact your
Toyota dealer.
n Prepare a replacement light bulb.
Check the wattage of the light bulb being replaced. (→P. 478)
n Front bulb locations
Headlights
Parking and front
side marker lights
Front turn
signal lights
4
Maintenance and care
Front fog lights
403
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 404 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Rear bulb locations
High mounted stoplight
Rear turn signal lights
Back-up lights
License plate lights
Replacing light bulbs
n Headlights
Unplug the connector.
404
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 405 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Remove the rubber cover.
Release
spring.
the
bulb
retaining
4
Remove the bulb.
405
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
To install a new bulb, align the
tabs of the bulb with the cutouts
of the mounting hole.
TACOMA_U.book Page 406 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Front fog lights (if equipped)
Unplug the connector while pulling the lock release.
Turn the bulb counterclockwise.
406
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 407 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Parking and front side marker lights
Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.
4
Remove the light bulb.
Maintenance and care
407
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 408 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Front turn signal lights
Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
408
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 409 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Back-up lights and rear turn signal lights
Remove the bolts and rear combination assembly.
Unplug the connector while
depressing the lock release.
4
Rear turn signal light
Back-up light
Remove the light bulb.
Rear turn signal light
Back-up light
409
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Turn the bulb bases counterclockwise.
TACOMA_U.book Page 410 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n High mounted stoplight
Remove the screws and cover.
Remove the light bulbs.
410
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 411 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n License plate lights
Remove the screw and light unit.
4
Remove the light bulb.
411
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Maintenance and care
Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.
TACOMA_U.book Page 412 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
n Lights other than the above
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
your Toyota dealer.
• Stop/tail lights
• Rear side marker lights
n Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations.
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does
not indicate a malfunction.
l Large drops of water are built up on the inside of the lens.
l Water has built up inside the headlight.
n LED light bulbs
The stop/tail and rear side marker lights consist of a number of LEDs. If any
of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the
light replaced.
If two or more LEDs in a stop light burn out, your vehicle may not conform to
local laws (SAE).
CAUTION
n Replacing light bulbs
l Turn off the headlights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately
after turning off the headlights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
l Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. Hold the
bulb by the plastic or metal portion.
If the bulb is scratched or dropped it may blow out or crack.
l Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failing to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
n To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
412
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 414 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
If your vehicle needs to be towed
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle towed by
your Toyota dealer or a commercial towing service, using a lift-type
truck or a flat bed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/provincial and local laws.
The wheels and axle on the ground must be in good condition.
If they are damaged, use a towing dolly or flat bed truck.
Before towing
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer before towing.
l The engine is running, but the vehicle will not move.
l The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
Emergency towing (4WD models and PreRunner only)
If a tow truck is not available, in an emergency your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency
towing eyelet/hook. This should only attempted on hard, surfaced
roads for short distances at low speeds.
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The
vehicle’s wheels, drive train, axles, steering and brakes must be in
good condition.
Vehicles without off-road package
Towing eyelet
414
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 415 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
Vehicles with off-road package
Towing hook
n Emergency towing procedure
The engine switch must be in the ACC (engine off) or the ON
(engine running) position.
4WD models: Put the front-wheel drive control switch in H2.
Put the shift lever in N.
Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
5
n Caution while towing
l If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering
will not function, making steering and braking more difficult.
415
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
l Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle.
Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which place excessive
stress on the emergency towing eyelet/hook and the cables or chains.
TACOMA_U.book Page 416 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
NOTICE
n Emergency towing eyelet/hook precautions
l Before emergency towing, check that the eyelet/hook is not broken or
damaged.
l Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the eyelet/hook.
l Do not jerk the eyelet/hook. Apply steady and even force.
l To avoid damaging the eyelet/hook, do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight ahead.
Towing with a sling-type truck
NOTICE
n To prevent body damage
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
416
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 417 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
Towing with a wheel lift-type truck from the front
Vehicles with an automatic transmission: Use a towing dolly
under the rear wheels.
2WD models with a manual
transmission: We recommend to
use a towing dolly under the rear
wheels.
When not using a towing dolly,
release the parking brake and
shift the shift lever to N.
4WD models with a manual
transmission: We recommend to
use a towing dolly under the rear
wheel.
When not using a towing dolly,
release the parking brake, shift
the shift lever to N and put the
front-wheel drive control switch in
H2.
n To prevent causing serious damage to the transmission (vehicles with
an automatic transmission)
Never tow this vehicle wheels on the ground.
417
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
NOTICE
5
TACOMA_U.book Page 418 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
Towing with a wheel lift-type truck from the rear
2WD models
Turn the engine switch to the
ACC position.
4WD models
We recommend to use a towing
dolly under the front wheels.
When not using a towing dolly,
turn the engine switch to the ACC
position, shift the shift lever to N
and put the front-wheel drive control switch in H2.
NOTICE
n To prevent damaging the vehicle
l Do not tow the vehicle with the key removed or in the LOCK position.
The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheel
straight.
l When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
418
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 419 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
Using a flat bed truck
Front
If your Toyota is transported by a
flat bed truck, it should be tied
down at the locations shown in
the illustration.
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45°.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be
damaged.
Apply the parking brake firmly.
5
When trouble arises
419
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 420 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle probably
needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
n Visible symptoms
l Fluid leaks under the vehicle
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
l Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
l Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points
higher than normal
n Audible symptoms
l Changes in exhaust sound
l Excessive tire squeal when cornering
l Strange noises related to the suspension system
l Pinging or other noises related to the engine
n Operational symptoms
l Engine missing, stumbling or running rough
l Appreciable loss of power
l Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
l Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
l Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost
touches the floor
420
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 421 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
Fuel pump shut off system
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off system stops supplying fuel to the engine.
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is
activated.
Turn the engine switch to the ACC or LOCK position.
Restart the engine.
NOTICE
n Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the vehicle.
If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
5
When trouble arises
421
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 422 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
Event data recorder
Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control certain aspects
of your vehicle. These computers assist in driving and maintaining
optimal vehicle performance.
Besides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is an event
data recorder (EDR) that records data in a crash or a near car
crash event.
In a crash or a near car crash event
The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In a crash or a
near car crash event, this device may record some or all of the following information:
l Engine speed
l Whether the brake pedal was applied or not
l Vehicle speed
l To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed
l Position of the transmission shift lever
l Whether the driver and front passenger wore seat belts or not
l Driver’s seat position
l SRS airbag deployment data
l SRS airbag system diagnostic data
l Front passenger’s occupant classification
The information above is intended to be used for the purpose of
improving vehicle safety performance. Unlike general data recorders,
the EDR does not record sound data such as conversation between
passengers.
422
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 423 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-1. Essential information
Disclosure of the data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party
except when:
l An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leasing company for
a leased vehicle) is obtained
l Officially requested by the police or other authorities
l Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit
l Ordered by a court of law
However, if necessary Toyota will:
l Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safety performance
l Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing details of the vehicle owner, and only when it is deemed
necessary
l Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identification information to a non-Toyota organization for research purposes
5
When trouble arises
423
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 424 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds...
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights turn
on or flash. If a light turns on or flashes, but then turns off, this does
not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system.
Stop the vehicle immediately. Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
The following warning indicates a possible problem in the brake system. Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your
Toyota dealer.
Warning light
Warning light/Details
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)*
• Low brake fluid
• Malfunction in the brake system
This light also comes on when the parking brake is
not released. If the light turns off after the parking
brake is fully released, the system is operating normally.
*: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
The buzzer sounds to indicate that parking brake is still engaged (with the
vehicle having reached a speed of 3 mph [5 km/h])
424
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 425 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Stop the vehicle immediately.
The following warnings indicate the possibility of damage to the vehicle that may lead to an accident. Immediately stop the vehicle in a
safe place and contact your Toyota dealer.
Warning light
Warning light/Details
Charging system warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system.
Low engine oil pressure warning light
Indicates that the engine oil pressure is too low*.
*: The light may come on when the oil level is extremely low. It is not designed
to indicate low oil level, and the oil level must be checked using the engine
oil level dipstick.
Have the vehicle inspected immediately.
Failing to investigate the cause of the following warnings may lead to
the system operating abnormally and possibly cause an accident.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light/Details
Malfunction indicator lamp
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The electronic engine control system;
• The electronic throttle control system;
• The electronic automatic transmission control system; or
• Emission control system.
425
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
Warning light
5
TACOMA_U.book Page 426 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Warning light
Warning light/Details
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• The front passenger occupant classification system;
• The passenger airbag off switch (Access Cab models); or
• The seat belt pretensioner system.
(U.S.A.)
ABS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system.
(Canada)
Slip indicator light
The indicator light comes on to indicate a malfunction in:
• The VSC;
• The TRAC;
• The active traction control system (if equipped);
• The AUTO LSD;
• The downhill assist control system (if equipped); or
• The hill-start assist control system (if equipped).
(if equipped)
426
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Automatic transmission fluid temperature warning light
Indicates that the automatic transmission fluid temperature is too high.
TACOMA_U.book Page 427 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Follow the correction procedures.
After taking the specified steps to correct the suspected problem,
check that the warning light turns off.
Warning light
(On the instrument
cluster)
(On the center panel)
Warning light/Details
Correction procedure
Open door warning light
Indicates that a door is
not fully closed.
Check that all doors
are closed.
Driver’s seat belt
reminder light
(warning buzzer)*1
Warns the driver to fasten his/her seat belt.
Fasten the seat belt.
Front passenger’s seat
belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)*2
Warns the front passenger to fasten his/her seat
belt.
Fasten the seat belt.
Tire pressure warning
light
5
Adjust the tire
inflation pressure.
• When the light stays on
after blinking for 1
minute: Malfunction in
the tire pressure warning
system.
Have the system
checked by your
Toyota dealer.
Low fuel level warning
light
Low level of fuel.
When trouble arises
• When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure.
Refuel the vehicle.
427
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 428 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Warning light
(U.S.A.)
Warning light/Details
Engine oil replacement
reminder light
• Illuminates for about 3
Check the engine oil,
seconds and then flashes and change if necesfor about 12 seconds: Indi- sary.
cates that the engine oil is
scheduled to be changed.
• Comes on and remains:
Indicates that the engine
oil should be changed.
*1
Correction procedure
Check and change the
engine oil.
: Driver’s seat belt reminder:
The driver’s seat belt reminder sounds to alert the driver that his or her seat
belt is not fastened. Once the engine switch is turned to the ON or START
position, the buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If the vehicle has reached a
speed of at least 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer sounds intermittently for 10
seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a
different tone for 20 more seconds.
*2
: Front passenger’s seat belt reminder:
The front passenger’s seat belt reminder sounds to alert the front passenger
that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds intermittently for
10 seconds after the vehicle has reached a speed of at least 12 mph (20 km/
h). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different
tone for 20 more seconds.
428
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 429 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
n Key reminder buzzer
The buzzer indicates that the key has not been removed (with the engine
switch in the ACC or LOCK position and the driver’s door opened).
n If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
First check the following:
l Is your vehicle low on gas?
If it is, refuel the vehicle immediately.
l Is the fuel tank cap loose?
If it is, tighten it securely.
The light will go off after taking several driving trips.
If the light does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
n Front passenger detection sensor and passenger seat belt reminder
If luggage or other load is placed on the front passenger seat, depending on
its weight, the reminder light to flash and buzzer to sound.
n When the tire pressure warning light comes on
Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level.
Pushing the tire pressure warning reset switch does not turn off the tire
pressure warning light.
n The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes
n When a tire is replaced with a spare tire
The temporary spare tire is not equipped with the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will
not turn off even though the flat tire is replaced with the temporary spare
tire. Replace the temporary spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust
the proper tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning light will turn
off after a few minutes.
429
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
The tire pressure warning light may turn on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks or tire inflation pressure changes caused by temperature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (after a few minutes).
5
TACOMA_U.book Page 430 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
n If the tire pressure warning system is inoperative
The tire pressure warning system will be disabled in the following conditions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
l If tires not equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters are used.
l If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is
not registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
l If the tire inflation pressure is 73 psi (500 kPa, 5.1 kgf/cm2 or bar) or
higher.
The tire pressure warning system may be disabled in the following conditions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
l If electronic devices or facilities using similar radio wave frequencies
are nearby.
l If a radio set at similar frequencies is in use in the vehicle.
l If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
l If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, in particular around the
wheels or wheel housings.
l If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used. (Even if you use Toyota
wheels, the tire pressure warning system may not work properly with
some types of tires.)
l If tire chains are used.
n If the tire pressure warning light comes on after blinking for 1
minute frequently
If the tire pressure warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute frequently when the engine switch is turned to the ON position, have it
checked by your Toyota dealer.
n After changing the engine oil (U.S.A. only)
Make sure to reset the oil maintenance data. (→P. 361)
n Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
The vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer can be disabled.
(Customizable features →P. 493)
430
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 431 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
n If the tire pressure warning light comes on
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could
cause loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
l Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire
inflation pressure immediately.
l If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pres-
sure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires.
If the tire is flat, change to the spare tire and have the flat tire repaired
by the nearest Toyota dealer.
l Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,
you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
n If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
n Maintenance of the tire
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
431
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
5
TACOMA_U.book Page 432 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure
as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.
NOTICE
n Precaution when installing a different tire
When a tire of a different specification or maker is installed, the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly.
432
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 433 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If you have a flat tire
Remove the flat tire and replace it with the spare provided.
n Before jacking up the vehicle
l Stop the vehicle on a hard, flat surface.
l Set the parking brake.
l Shift the shift lever to P (automatic transmission) or R (manual
transmission).
l Stop the engine.
l Turn on the emergency flashers.
n Location of the spare tire
5
n Location of the jack and tools
When trouble arises
Regular Cab models
Jack
Tool bag
433
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 434 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Access Cab models
Tool bag
Jack
Double Cab models
Tool bag
Jack
Taking out the jack and tool bag
Regular Cab models
Pull the lever and fold down the
seatback.
434
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 435 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Unhook the strap and remove
the tool bag.
Loosen and remove the jack.
Loosen
Tighten
Access Cab models
Pull up the lever
Raise the bottom cushion up.
5
435
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
Turn the knob counterclockwise.
TACOMA_U.book Page 436 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Open the lid.
Press the lid against the bottom of the lower cushion until
it is supported by the hookand-loop fastener.
Make sure that the lid is supported to prevent it from closing
unexpectedly.
Unhook the strap and remove
the tool bag.
Loosen and remove the jack.
Loosen
Tighten
Double Cab models
Swing the bottom cushion up by
pulling the lock release strap.
436
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 437 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Turn the knob counterclockwise.
Open the lid.
Unhook the strap and remove
the tool bag.
Loosen and remove the jack.
Loosen
Tighten
5
When trouble arises
437
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 438 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Assemble the jack handle (in the tool bag)
Assemble the jack handle extension as shown. Be sure to tighten
each screw securely.
Taking out the spare tire
Insert the end of the jack handle
extension into the lowering
screw and turn it counterclockwise.
After the tire is lowered completely to the ground, remove
the holding bracket.
438
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 439 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Replacing a flat tire
Chock the tires.
Flat tire
Wheel
chock
positions
Lefthand
side
Behind the
rear righthand side
tire
Righthand
side
Behind the
rear lefthand side
tire
Lefthand
side
In front of
the front
right-hand
side tire
Righthand
side
In front of
the front
left-hand
side tire
Front
Rear
5
When trouble arises
439
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 440 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Remove the wheel ornament using the wheel nut wrench as
shown.
To protect the wheel and wheel ornament, place a rag between
the wrench and the wheel ornament, as shown in the illustration.
Type A
Type B
Type C
440
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 441 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
Position the jack at the correct
jack point as shown.
Front
Rear
Front
Make sure the jack is positioned
on a level and solid place.
Raise the vehicle until the tire is
slightly raised off the ground.
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
441
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
5
When trouble arises
When positioning the jack under
the rear axle housing, make
sure the groove on the top of
the jack fits with the rear axle
housing.
TACOMA_U.book Page 442 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Installing the tire
Remove any dirt or foreign matter from the wheel contact surface.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is
in motion, and the tire may
come off the vehicle.
Install the tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by
approximately the same amount.
Replacing a steel wheel with a steel wheel
Tapered portion
Tighten the nuts until the tapered
portion comes into loose contact
with the disc wheel sheet.
Disc
wheel
sheet
Replacing an aluminum wheel with a steel wheel
Tapered portion
Disc
wheel
sheet
442
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Tighten the nuts until the tapered
portion comes into loose contact
with the disc wheel sheet.
TACOMA_U.book Page 443 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Replacing an aluminum wheel with an aluminum wheel
Washer
Tighten the nuts until the washer
of the nut comes into loose contact with the disc wheel.
Disc
wheel
Lower the vehicle.
Firmly tighten each nut two or three times in the order shown
in the illustration.
5
Tightening torque:
85 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
When trouble arises
2WD models except PreRunner
443
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 444 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
4WD models and PreRunner
Stowing the flat tire, jack and all tools
Lay down the tire with the outer side facing up, and install the
holding bracket.
Then secure the tire, taking care that the tire goes straight up
without catching on any other part, to prevent it from flying forward during a collision or sudden braking.
Keep winding until three clicks are heard.
Stow the tools and jack securely.
n After completing the tire change
The tire pressure warning system must be reset. (→P. 374)
n When using the temporary spare tire
As the temporary spare tire is not equipped with the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not
be warned. Also, if you replace the temporary spare tire after the tire
pressure warning light comes on, the light remains on.
444
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 445 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
n Using the jack
Improper use of the jack may lead to death or injuries due to the vehicle
suddenly falling off the jack.
l Do not use the jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or install-
ing and removing tire chains.
l Only use the jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other jacks for replacing tires on this vehicle.
l Always check that the jack is securely set to the jack point.
l Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle supported by a jack.
l Do not start or run the engine while your vehicle is supported by the
jack.
l Do not raise the vehicle while someone is in it.
l When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
l Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to
replace the tire.
l Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
Take particular care when lowering the vehicle to ensure that no one
working on or near the vehicle will be injured.
Tighten all the screws securely to prevent the extension parts from coming apart unexpectedly.
n Replacing a flat tire
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of death or serious
injury.
l Lower the spare tire completely to the ground before removing it from
under the vehicle.
l Do not try to remove the wheel ornament by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.
445
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
n Using the jack handle
5
TACOMA_U.book Page 446 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
n Replacing a flat tire
l Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
The oil or grease can cause the wheel nuts to loosen, causing a serious accident. Remove any oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel
nuts.
l Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 85 ft·lbf (113
N·m, 11.5 kgf·m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
Failure to follow these precautions could cause the nuts to loosen and
the wheels may fall off, which could lead to an accident causing death
or serious injury.
l Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off the
wheel while the vehicle is moving.
n When using the temporary spare tire
l Remember that your temporary spare tire is specifically designed for
use with your vehicle. Do not use your temporary spare tire on another
vehicle.
l Do not use two temporary spare tires simultaneously.
l Replace the temporary spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possi-
ble.
l Avoid sudden acceleration, deceleration and braking, as well as sharp
cornering.
n Speed limit when using the temporary spare tire
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a temporary
spare tire is installed on the vehicle.
The temporary spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Failing to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.
n Driving with tire chains and the temporary spare tire
Do not fit tire chains to the temporary spare tire.
Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving
performance.
446
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 447 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
n When the spare tire is attached
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following systems may not operate correctly:
l ABS & Brake assist
l VSC
l TRAC
l Active traction control system (if equipped)
l Hill-start assist control system (if equipped)
l Downhill assist control system (if equipped)
l AUTO LSD
l Cruise control
Also, not only can the following system not be utilized fully, it may actually negatively effect the drive-train components:
l 4WD system
5
When trouble arises
447
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 448 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
NOTICE
n Do not drive the vehicle with a flat tire.
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair.
n When stowing the flat tire
Ensure that there is no object caught between the tire and the vehicle
underbody.
n When replacing the tires
l When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
l Replace the grommets for the tire pressure warning valves and trans-
mitters as well.
n To avoid damaging the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters
Do not use liquid sealants on flat tires.
448
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 449 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the engine will not start
If the engine still does not start after following the correct starting
procedure (→P. 138) or releasing the steering lock (→P. 139), confirm
the following points.
n The engine will not start even when the starter motor operates normally.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem.
l There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Refuel the vehicle.
l The engine may be flooded.
Try to restart the engine once more following correct starting
procedures.
l There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system.
(→P. 76)
n The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and
headlights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at
a low volume.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem.
5
l The battery may be discharged. (→P. 452)
n The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and
headlights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem.
l One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected.
l The battery may be discharged. (→P. 452)
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if
repair procedures are unknown.
449
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
l The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
TACOMA_U.book Page 450 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P (if equipped)
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake, there
may be a problem with the shift lock system (a system to prevent
accidental operation of the shift lever). Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to
ensure that the shift lever can be shifted.
Set the parking brake.
Turn the engine switch to the ACC or ON position.
Depress the brake pedal.
Pry the cover up with a flathead screwdriver or equivalent.
Press the shift lock override
button.
The shift lever can be shifted
while the button is pressed.
450
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 451 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If you lose your keys
New genuine Toyota keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using
the key number stamped on your key number plate. Vehicles with
engine immobilizer system, the dealer will also need the master key.
(→P. 30)
n If you lose all your master keys. (vehicles with engine immobilizer system)
You cannot make new keys; the whole engine immobilizer system must be
replaced.
5
When trouble arises
451
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 452 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the vehicle battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the
vehicle’s battery is discharged.
You can call your Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop.
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your Toyota following
the steps below.
Connect the jumper cables.
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
452
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 453 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Positive (+) battery terminal on your vehicle
Positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle
Negative (-) battery terminal on the second vehicle
Connect the jumper cable to ground on your vehicle as shown in
the illustration.
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine
speed slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5
minutes to recharge the battery of your vehicle.
Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper
cables in the exact reverse order in which they were connected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle checked at your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
453
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start
the vehicle’s engine.
5
TACOMA_U.book Page 454 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
n Starting the engine when the battery is discharged (vehicles with an
automatic transmission)
The engine cannot be started by push-starting.
n Avoiding a discharged battery
l Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is turned
off.
l Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic, etc.
CAUTION
n Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flammable gas that may be emitted from the battery.
l Make sure the jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that it
is not unintentionally in contact with any part other than the intended terminal.
l Do not allow the jumper cables to come into contact with the “+” and “-” terminals.
l Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the battery.
n Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while
related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following precautions when handling the battery.
l When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care
not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing
or the vehicle body.
l Do not lean over the battery.
l In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
454
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 455 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
CAUTION
n Battery precautions
l Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and
other battery-related parts.
l Do not allow children near the battery.
NOTICE
n To prevent damaging the vehicle (vehicles with a manual transmission)
Do not pull- or push-start the vehicle, because the three-way catalytic converter may overheat and become a fire hazard.
n When handling jumper cables
Be careful that the jumper cables do not become tangled in the cooling fan
or any of the belts when connecting or disconnecting them.
5
When trouble arises
455
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 456 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle overheats
If your engine overheats:
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning system.
Check to see if steam is coming out from under the hood.
If you see steam:
Stop the engine. Carefully lift the hood after the steam
subsides and then restart the engine.
If you do not see steam:
Leave the engine running and carefully lift the hood.
Check to see if the cooling fan is operating.
If the fan is operating:
Wait until the temperature of the engine (shown on the
instrument cluster) begins to fall and then stop the
engine.
If the fan is not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and call your local Toyota
dealer.
456
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 457 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
The engine has cooled down sufficiently.
The engine coolant temperature gauge indicates C.
Check the engine coolant level.
Look for obvious coolant leaks from the radiator, hoses and
under the vehicle.
Note that water draining from the air conditioning is normal if it has
been used.
5
Add engine coolant if required.
Have the vehicle checked at your nearest Toyota dealer as soon as
possible.
457
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
When trouble arises
Water can be used in an emergency if engine coolant is
unavailable. (→P. 470)
TACOMA_U.book Page 458 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
n Overheating
If you observe the following, your vehicle may be overheating.
l The engine coolant temperature gauge enters the red zone or a loss of
power is experienced.
l Steam is coming from under the hood.
CAUTION
n To prevent an accident or injury when inspecting under the hood of
your vehicle
l If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot, causing serious injury such as burns.
l Keep hands and clothing away from the fan and other belts while the
engine is running.
l Do not loosen the radiator cap while the engine and radiator are hot.
Serious injury, such as burns, may result from hot coolant and steam
released under pressure.
NOTICE
n When adding engine coolant
Wait until the engine has cooled down before adding engine coolant.
When adding coolant, do so slowly. Adding cool coolant to a hot engine too
quickly can cause damage to the engine.
458
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 459 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or snow.
Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and put the shift
lever in P (vehicles with an automatic transmission) or N
(vehicles with a manual transmission).
Remove the mud, snow, or sand from around the stuck tire.
Place wood, stones or some other material to help provide
traction under the tires.
Restart the engine.
Turn off the VSC (→P. 186)
Shift the shift lever to D or R (automatic transmission) or 1
or R (manual transmission) and carefully apply the accelerator to free the vehicle.
CAUTION
n When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
n When shifting the shift lever
Vehicles with an automatic transmission: Be careful not to shift the shift lever
with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident and result in death or serious injury.
459
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
5
When trouble arises
If you choose to rock the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the surrounding area is clear, to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or persons.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
TACOMA_U.book Page 460 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an emergency
NOTICE
n To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
l Avoid spinning the wheels and do not rev the engine.
l If the vehicle remains stuck after trying these procedures, the vehicle may
require towing to be freed.
460
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 462 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
Dimensions
2WD models except PreRunner
Access Cab
Cab type
Regular Cab
Overall length
190.4 in. (4835 mm)
Overall width
Except
X-Runner
X-Runner
208.1 in. (5285 mm)
74.0 in.
(1880 mm)
72.2 in. (1835 mm)
66.1 in.
(1680 mm)
Overall height*
65.8 in. (1670 mm)
Wheelbase
109.6 in. (2785 mm)
65.6 in.
(1665 mm)
127.4 in. (3235 mm)
Front tread
61.0 in. (1550 mm)
62.2 in.
(1580 mm)
Rear tread
61.0 in. (1550 mm)
62.2 in.
(1580 mm)
*: Unladen vehicle
4WD models and PreRunner
Cab type
Overall length
Overall width
Regular Cab
Access Cab
190.4 in. (4835 mm)
208.1 in. (5285 mm)
74.6 in. (1895 mm)
Overall height*
69.9 in. (1775 mm)
70.3 in. (1785 mm)
Wheelbase
109.6 in. (2785 mm)
127.4 in. (3235 mm)
Front tread
63.0 in. (1600 mm)
Rear tread
63.4 in. (1610 mm)
*: Unladen vehicle
462
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 463 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Double Cab
Cab type
Overall length
With short deck
With long deck
208.1 in. (5285 mm)
221.3 in. (5620 mm)
Overall width
74.6 in. (1895 mm)
Overall height*
70.1 in. (1780 mm)
Wheelbase
127.4 in. (3235 mm)
140.6 in. (3570 mm)
Front tread
63.0 in. (1600 mm)
Rear tread
63.4 in. (1610 mm)
*: Unladen vehicle
Vehicle capacity weight
2WD models except PreRunner
Cab type
Engine
Regular Cab
2.7 L 4-cylinder
(2TR-FE) engine
Access Cab
2.7 L 4-cylinder
(2TR-FE) engine
4.0 L V6
(1GR-FE) engine
Deck type
Vehicle capacity
weight (Occupant +
luggage)*
1250 lb. (567 kg)
Long deck
1200 lb. (544 kg)
850 lb. (386 kg)
vehicle weight, thereby reducing vehicle capacity weight. Contact your
Toyota dealer about the weight of accessory parts.
463
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Vehicle specifications
*: Installing accessories in addition to those installed at the factory increases
6
TACOMA_U.book Page 464 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
PreRunner
Cab type
Engine
Regular Cab
2.7 L 4-cylinder
(2TR-FE) engine
Access Cab
Double Cab
2.7 L 4-cylinder
(2TR-FE) engine
Deck type
Long deck
1300 lb. (590 kg)
4.0 L V6
(1GR-FE) engine
4.0 L V6
(1GR-FE) engine
Vehicle capacity
weight (Occupant
+ luggage)*
Short deck
Long deck
*: Installing accessories in addition to those installed at the factory increases
vehicle weight, thereby reducing vehicle capacity weight. Contact your
Toyota dealer about the weight of accessory parts.
4WD models
Cab type
Engine
Regular Cab
2.7 L 4-cylinder
(2TR-FE) engine
Access Cab
Double Cab
2.7 L 4-cylinder
(2TR-FE) engine
Deck type
1300 lb. (590 kg)
Long deck
4.0 L V6
(1GR-FE) engine
4.0 L V6
(1GR-FE) engine
Vehicle capacity
weight (Occupant
+ luggage)*
1205 lb. (547 kg)
Short deck
1200 lb. (544 kg)
Long deck
1100 lb. (498 kg)
*: Installing accessories in addition to those installed at the factory increases
vehicle weight, thereby reducing vehicle capacity weight. Contact your
Toyota dealer about the weight of accessory parts.
464
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 465 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Towing capacity
Towing capacity
(Trailer weight + cargo)
Without towing package
3500 lb. (1587 kg)
With towing package
6500 lb. (2948 kg)
Vehicle identification
n Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for your
vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your Toyota. It is
used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.
Regular Cab and Double Cab models
This number is also on the
Certification Label.
6
Vehicle specifications
465
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 466 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Access Cab models
This number is also on the
Certification Label.
n Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
466
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 467 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Engine
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
Model
2TR-FE
Type
4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke
3.74 × 3.74 in. (95.0 × 95.0 mm)
Displacement
164.3 cu.in. (2694 cm3)
Drive belt tension
Automatic adjustment
Valve clearance
(engine cold)
Intake
Exhaust
Automatic adjustment
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Model
1GR-FE
Type
6-cylinder V type, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke
3.70 × 3.74 in. (94.0 × 95.0 mm)
Displacement
241.4 cu.in. (3956 cm3)
Drive belt tension
Automatic adjustment
Valve clearance
(engine cold)
Intake
Exhaust
0.006 ⎯ 0.010 in. (0.15 ⎯ 0.25 mm)
0.011 ⎯ 0.015 in. (0.29 ⎯ 0.39 mm)
6
Vehicle specifications
Fuel
Fuel type
Unleaded gasoline only
Octane rating
87 (Research octane number 91) or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
21.1 gal. (80.0 L, 17.6 lmp.gal.)
467
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 468 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Lubrication system
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
Oil capacity
drain and refill
(Reference)
With filter
Without filter
Oil grade
6.1 qt. (5.8 L, 5.1 Imp.qt.)
5.4 qt. (5.1 L, 4.5 Imp.qt.)
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor
Oil” or equivalent to satisfy the grade and
viscosity shown below.
Recommended oil
viscosity
Outside temperature
Oil viscosity
l The 0W portion of the oil viscosity rating indicates the characteristic
of the oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before
the W allow for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
l The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the oil viscosity when the oil is at its
operating temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity may be better
suited if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme
load condition.
468
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 469 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Oil capacity
drain and refill
(Reference)
2WD models except
PreRunner
4WD models and
PreRunner
Oil grade
With filter
4.8 qt. (4.5 L, 4.0 Imp.qt.)
Without filter
4.4 qt. (4.2 L, 3.7 Imp.qt.)
With filter
5.5 qt. (5.2 L, 4.6 Imp.qt.)
Without filter
5.2 qt. (4.9 L, 4.3 Imp.qt.)
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor
Oil” or equivalent to satisfy the grade and
viscosity shown below.
Recommended oil
viscosity
Outside temperature
*: 5W-30 is an oil that provides optimal levels of fuel efficiency.
6
Oil viscosity
l The 30 in 5W-30 indicates the oil viscosity when the oil is at its
operating temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity may be better
suited if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme
load condition.
469
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Vehicle specifications
l The 5W portion of the oil viscosity rating indicates the characteristic
of the oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before
the W allow for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
TACOMA_U.book Page 470 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Cooling system
Capacity
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE)
engine
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Coolant type
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
9.1 qt. (8.6 L, 7.6 Imp.qt.)
Vehicles with a manual transmission
9.1 qt. (8.7 L, 7.6 Imp.qt.)
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
10.1 qt. (9.6 L, 8.5 Imp.qt.)
Vehicles with a manual transmission
10.3 qt. (9.7 L, 8.5 Imp.qt.)
Use either of the following.
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based
non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and
non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid
organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
Ignition system
Spark plug
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE)
engine
Make
DENSO
NGK
Gap
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
Make
DENSO
NGK
Gap
SK20HR11
ILFR6C11
0.043 in. (1.1 mm)
K20HR-U11
LFR6C11
0.043 in. (1.1 mm)
NOTICE
n Iridium-tipped spark plugs (2.7 L 4-cylinder [2TR-FE] engine only)
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust gap when tuning engine.
470
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 471 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Electrical system
Battery
Open voltage at
68°F (20°C):
12.6 ⎯ 12.8 V Fully charged
12.2 ⎯ 12.4 V Half charged
11.8 ⎯ 12.0 V Discharged
(Voltage checked 20 minutes after the key
is removed with all the lights turned off)
Charging rates
5 A max.
Differential
Front
(4WD models)
Oil capacity
Rear
Oil type and viscosity
1.59 qt. (1.50 L, 1.32 Imp.qt.)
2WD models except PreRunner
3.66 qt. (3.46 L, 3.04 Imp.qt.)
4WD models and PreRunner
3.12 qt. (2.95 L, 2.60 Imp.qt.)
Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil LT
75W-85 GL-5 or equivalent
“Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” is
filled in your Toyota vehicle at factory fill.
Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine
Differential Gear Oil” or an equivalent of
matching quality to satisfy the above
specification. Please contact your Toyota
dealer for further details.
6
Vehicle specifications
471
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 472 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Automatic transmission
4-speed models
Fluid capacity
(Drain and refill)
2.9 qt. (2.7 L, 2.4 Imp.qt.)
Fluid type
Toyota Genuine ATF Type T-IV
5-speed models
Fluid capacity
*
Fluid type
*:
11.5 qt. (10.9 L, 9.6 Imp.qt.)
Toyota Genuine ATF WS
The fluid capacity is the quantity of reference. If replacement is necessary,
contact your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
n Automatic transmission fluid type (4-speed models)
Using automatic transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF Type TIV” may cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission
accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage the automatic
transmission of your vehicle.
n Automatic transmission fluid type (5-speed models)
Using automatic transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS”
may cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission
accompanied by vibration, and ultimately damage the automatic
transmission of your vehicle.
472
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 473 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Manual transmission
Gear oil capacity (Reference)
2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE) engine
4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
2WD models
2.7 qt. (2.6 L, 2.3 Imp.qt.)
4WD models
2.3 qt. (2.2 L, 1.9 Imp.qt.)
1.9 qt. (1.8 L, 1.6 Imp.qt.)
Gear oil type
Gear oil API GL-4 or GL-5
Recommended gear oil viscosity
SAE 75W-90
Clutch
Clutch free play
0.2 ⎯ 0.6 in. (5 ⎯ 15 mm)
Fluid type
FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703
Transfer (4WD models)
Oil capacity
1.1 qt. (1.0 L, 0.9 Imp.qt.)
Oil type
Gear oil API GL-4 or GL-5
Recommended oil viscosity
SAE 75W-90
6
Vehicle specifications
473
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 474 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Brakes
Pedal clearance *1
2WD models except
PreRunner
PreRunner
4WD models
4.3 in. (110 mm)
4.2 in. (106 mm)
Without off-road package
4.2 in. (106 mm)
With off-road package
3.4 in. (88 mm)
Pedal free play
0.04 ⎯ 0.24 in. (1 ⎯ 6 mm)
Brake pad wear limit
0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Brake lining wear limit
0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Parking brake pedal travel *
(pedal type)
7 — 10 clicks
Parking brake lever travel *3
(lever type)
7 — 10 clicks
Fluid type
FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703
2
*1:
Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N,
50 kgf) with the engine running.
*2:
Parking brake pedal travel when depressed with a force of 67.4 lbf (300 N,
30.6 kgf).
*3:
Parking brake lever travel when pulled with a force of 44.9 lbf (200 N, 20.4
kgf).
474
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 475 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Chassis lubrication
Propeller shafts Spider
Slide yoke
Lithium base chassis grease, NLGI No.2
Molybdenum — disulfide lithium base chassis
grease, NLGI No.2 or lithium base chassis
grease, NLGI No.2
Steering
Free play
Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
Power steering fluid type
Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON® II or
III
Tires and wheels
Type A
P215/70R15 97S
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Front tires:
30 psi (210 kPa, 2.1 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Rear tires:
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Spare tire*:
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Driving at high speeds above 100 mph
(160 km/h) (in countries where such
speeds are permitted by law)
Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to
the front tires and rear tires. Never
exceed the maximum cold tire inflation
pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size
15 × 6 J, 15 × 6 JJ
Wheel nut torque
85 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
6
Vehicle specifications
Tire size
*: If you affix the spare tire to a front position, please make sure to adjust
the tire to the correct inflation pressure as soon as possible.
475
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 476 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Type B
Tire size
P245/75R16 109S
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Front tires:
30 psi (210 kPa, 2.1 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Rear tires:
30 psi (210 kPa, 2.1 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Spare tire:
30 psi (210 kPa, 2.1 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Driving at high speeds above 100 mph
(160 km/h) (in countries where such
speeds are permitted by law)
Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to
the front tires and rear tires. Never
exceed the maximum cold tire inflation
pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size
16 × 7 J, 16 × 7 JJ
Wheel nut torque
85 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
Type C
Tire size
P265/70R16 111T
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Front tires:
29 psi (200 kPa, 2.0 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Rear tires:
32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Spare tire*:
32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Driving at high speeds above 100 mph
(160 km/h) (in countries where such
speeds are permitted by law)
Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to
the front tires and rear tires. Never
exceed the maximum cold tire inflation
pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size
16 × 7 JJ
Wheel nut torque
85 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
*: If you affix the spare tire to a front position, please make sure to adjust
the tire to the correct inflation pressure as soon as possible.
476
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 477 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Type D
Tire size
P265/65R17 110S
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Front tires:
29 psi (200 kPa, 2.0 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Rear tires:
29 psi (200 kPa, 2.0 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Spare tire:
29 psi (200 kPa, 2.0 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Driving at high speeds above 100 mph
(160 km/h) (in countries where such
speeds are permitted by law)
Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to
the front tires and rear tires. Never
exceed the maximum cold tire inflation
pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size
17 × 7 1/2 JJ
Wheel nut torque
85 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
Type E
P255/45R18 99V
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire
inflation pressure)
Front tires:
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Rear tires:
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Spare tire:
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Driving at high speeds above 100 mph
(160 km/h) (in countries where such
speeds are permitted by law)
Add 4 psi (30 kPa, 0.3 kgf/cm2 or bar) to
the front tires and rear tires. Never
exceed the maximum cold tire inflation
pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size
18 × 8 JJ
Wheel nut torque
85 ft·lbf (113 N·m, 11.5 kgf·m)
6
Vehicle specifications
Tire size
477
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 478 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Light bulbs
Light Bulbs
Bulb No.
W
Type
—
60/55
A
9145
42
B
Parking and front side
marker lights
—
5
D
Front turn signal lights
4157
NAK
27/8
D
Rear turn signal lights
3157A
27/8
D
Back-up lights
921
18
C
License plate lights
168
5
C
High mounted
stoplight
168
5
C
—
5
E
168
5
C
Headlights
Front fog lights
Exterior
Interior
A:
B:
C:
D:
E:
Interior light
Personal lights
HB2 halogen bulbs
H10 halogen bulbs
Wedge base bulbs (clear)
Wedge base bulbs (amber)
Double end bulbs
478
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 479 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Fuel information
Your vehicle must use only unleaded gasoline.
Unleaded gasoline with an Octane Rating of 87 (Research Octane
Number 91) or higher required for optimum engine performance.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications
of ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB3.5-M93 in Canada.
n Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your Toyota has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
n If your engine knocks
l Consult your Toyota dealer.
l You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while
accelerating or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for
concern.
n Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of
gasoline you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the
brand of gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota
dealer.
n Gasoline quality standards
l Automotive manufacturers in the US, Europe and Japan have developed
a specification for fuel quality called World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)
that is expected to be applied worldwide.
l The WWFC improves air quality by lowering emissions in vehicle fleets,
and customer satisfaction through better performance.
479
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Vehicle specifications
l The WWFC consists of four categories that are based on required
emission levels. In the US, category 4 has been adopted.
6
TACOMA_U.book Page 480 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
n Toyota recommends the use of gasoline containing detergent additives
l Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives
to avoid build-up of engine deposits.
l All gasoline sold in the US contains detergent additives to clean and/or
keep clean intake systems.
n Toyota recommends the use of cleaner burning gasoline
Cleaner burning gasoline, including reformulated gasoline that contains
oxygenates such as ethanol or MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) is
available in many areas.
Toyota recommends the use of cleaner burning gasoline and appropriately
blended reformulated gasoline. These types of gasoline provide excellent
vehicle performance, reduce vehicle emissions and improve air quality.
n Toyota does not recommend blended gasoline
l Toyota allows the use of oxygenate blended gasoline where the
oxygenate content is up to 10% ethanol or 15% MTBE.
l If you use gasohol in your Toyota, be sure that it has an octane rating no
lower than 87.
l Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.
n Toyota does not recommend gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains octane enhancing
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
additive
called
MMT
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel
containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely
affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If
this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
480
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 481 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
NOTICE
n Notice on gasoline quality
l Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.
l Do not use gasohol other than that stated here.
Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
l Use of unleaded gasoline with an Octane rating lower than 87 may result
in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to engine damage.
n Fuel-related poor driveability
If after using a different type of fuel, poor driveability is encountered (poor
hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.), discontinue the use of that
type of fuel.
n When refueling with gasohol
Take care not to spill gasohol.
It can damage your vehicle’s paint.
6
Vehicle specifications
481
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 482 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Tire information
Typical tire symbols
Tire size
(→P. 484)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)
(→P. 483)
Location of treadwear indicators
(→P. 373)
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the
strands which form the plies in a tire.
Uniform tire quality grading
For details, see “Uniform tire quality grading” that follows.
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure
(→P. 487)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure
(→P. 487)
This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly filled in the
tire. A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube
maintains the air pressure.
482
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 483 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has RADIAL on the sidewall. A tire not marked RADIAL
is a bias-ply tire.
Summer tire or all season tire
(→P. 377)
An all season tire has M+S on the sidewall. A tire not marked M+S
is a summer tire.
Typical DOT and tire identification number (TIN)
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification
(TIN)
Number
Tire
manufacturer’s
identification mark
Tire size code
Manufacturer’s optional tire
type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
*:The DOT symbol certifies that
the tire conforms to applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards.
6
Vehicle specifications
483
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 484 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Tire size
n Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use
(P = Passenger car,
T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio
(tire height to section width)
Tire construction code
(R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
Speed symbol
(alphabet with one letter)
n Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
484
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 485 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Tire section names
Bead
Sidewall
Shoulder
Tread
Belt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubber
Carcass
Rim lines
Bead wires
Chafer
Uniform tire quality grading
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S.A. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
6
n DOT quality grades
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
485
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Vehicle specifications
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety
Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be
found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
TACOMA_U.book Page 486 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
n Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due
to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
n Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering
(turning) traction.
n Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all
passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
486
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 487 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Warning: The temperature grades for this tire are established for a
tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term
Meaning
Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition
Maximum inflation
pressure
The maximum cold inflated pressure to which a
tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall of
the tire
Recommended
inflation pressure
Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those
standard items which may be replaced) of
transmission, power steering, power brakes,
power windows, power seats, radio and heater,
to the extent that these items are available as
factory-installed equipment (whether installed
or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional
engine
Maximum loaded
vehicle weight
The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
487
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
6
Vehicle specifications
Cold tire inflation
pressure
TACOMA_U.book Page 488 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Meaning
Normal occupant
weight
150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1* that
follows
Occupant distribution
Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as
specified in the third column of Table 1* below
Production options
weight
The combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg)
in excess of the standard items which they
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim
Rim
A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are seated
Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter)
Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation
Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation
The industry manufacturer's designation for a
rim by style or code
Rim width
Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity
weight (Total load
capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
(68 kg) times the vehicle's designated seating
capacity
Vehicle maximum load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is determined
by distributing to each axle its share of the
maximum loaded vehicle weight, and dividing
by two
Vehicle normal load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is determined
by distributing to each axle its share of curb
weight, accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight (distributed in accordance
with Table 1* below), and dividing it by two
488
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 489 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Meaning
The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire
Bead
The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim
Bead separation
A breakdown of the bond between components
in the bead
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles
substantially less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread
Carcass
The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
Chunking
The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall
Cord
The strands forming the plies in the tire
Cord separation
The parting of cords from adjacent rubber
compounds
Cracking
Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or
innerliner of the tire extending to cord material
CT
A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the
tire is designed to fit on the underside of the
rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges
inside the air cavity of the tire
Extra load tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the
corresponding standard tire
Groove
The space between two adjacent tread ribs
Innerliner
The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire
489
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
6
Vehicle specifications
Weather side
TACOMA_U.book Page 490 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Meaning
Innerliner separation
The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass
Intended outboard
sidewall
(a)The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears manufacturer,
brand, and/or model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same molding on
the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b)The outward facing sidewall of asymmetrical
tire that has a particular side that must
always face outward when mounted on a
vehicle
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer as
primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating
The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire
Maximum permissible
inflation pressure
The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
a tire may be inflated
Measuring rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements
Open splice
Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or
innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter
The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
Overall width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including
elevations due to labeling, decorations, or
protective bands or ribs
Passenger car tire
A tire intended for use on passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks,
that have a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less
490
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 491 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Meaning
A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separation
A parting of rubber compound between
adjacent plies
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials,
that, when mounted on an automotive wheel,
provides the traction and contains the gas or
fluid that sustains the load
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread
Reinforced tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the
corresponding standard tire
Section width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding
elevations due to labeling, decoration, or
protective bands
Sidewall
That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead
Sidewall separation
The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall
Snow tire
A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight Line
on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and which
is marked with an Alpine Symbol (
) on at
least one sidewall
Test rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire
491
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
6
Vehicle specifications
Ply
TACOMA_U.book Page 492 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-1. Specifications
Tire related term
Meaning
Tread
That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road
Tread rib
A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire
Tread separation
Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass
Treadwear
indicators(TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixture
The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing
*:Table 1 ⎯ Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load
for various designated seating capacities
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants
Occupant distribution
in a normally loaded
vehicle
2 through 4
2
2 in front
5 through 10
3
2 in front, 1 in second
seat
11 through 15
5
2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
16 through 20
7
2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
492
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 493 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-2. Customization
Customizable features
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be personalized to your preferences. Programming these preferences
requires specialized equipment and may be performed by an authorized Toyota dealership.
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other functions
being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Item
Function
Default setting
Customized
setting
Wireless
remote control
(→P. 32)
Operation signal
(Buzzer)
ON
OFF
Seat Belt
Reminder
Buzzer
(→P. 427)
Vehicle speed linked
seat belt reminder
buzzer
ON
OFF
6
Vehicle specifications
493
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 494 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
6-2. Customization
Items to initialize
The following items must be initialized for normal system operation
in cases such as after the battery is reconnected, or maintenance is
performed on the vehicle.
Item
When to initialize
Reference
Engine oil maintenance
data
After changing engine oil
P. 361
Tire pressure warning system
• When rotating the tires on vehicles differing with front and rear
tire inflation pressures.
• When changing the tire inflation
pressure by changing traveling
speed or load weight, etc.
• When changing the tire size.
P. 374
494
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 496 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free:
1-800-331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it
may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free
at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave,
S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
496
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 497 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French)
The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions
extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in
English.
7
For owners
497
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 498 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
498
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 499 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Camper information
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulation issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
of the U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on truck-camper loading. Your Toyota dealer will help
answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
Center of gravity location
The figures given in the illustration indicate the recommended center
of gravity zone.
Recommended location for
cargo center of gravity for
cargo weight rating
Rear end of truck bed
Regular Cab models
49.9 in. (1267 mm)
36.1 in. (917 mm)
Access Cab models
Except X-Runner
X-Runner*
49.9 in. (1267 mm)
—
36.1 in. (917 mm)
—
Double Cab models
With short deck
With long deck
45.6 in. (1157 mm)
35.9 in. (911 mm)
31.8 in. (807 mm)
27.8 in. (706 mm)
7
cannot be used with the X-Runner since it is not
designed for them.
499
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
For owners
*: Truck-campers
TACOMA_U.book Page 500 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
CAUTION
n Loading precaution
If a load is too far back, it can cause dangerous handling. If it is too far
forward, the front axle may be overloaded.
Cargo weight rating and proper matching
When the truck is used to carry a slide-in camper, the total cargo load
of the truck consists of the manufacturer’s camper weight figure, the
weight of installed additional camper equipment not included in the
manufacturer’s camper weight figure, the weight of camper cargo,
and the weight of passengers in the camper.
The total cargo load should not exceed the truck’s cargo weight rating
and the camper’s center of gravity should fall within the truck’s recommended center of gravity zone when installed.
Camper center of gravity
Recommended center of gravity location zone
n Cargo weight rating
Regular Cab models
2 people, 2TR-FE engine, 2WD except PreRunner:
950 lb. (430 kg)
3 people, 2TR-FE engine, 2WD except PreRunner:
800 lb. (362 kg)
2 people, 2TR-FE engine, PreRunner:
1000 lb. (453 kg)
3 people, 2TR-FE engine, PreRunner:
850 lb. (385 kg)
500
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 501 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2 people, 2TR-FE engine, 4WD:
3 people, 2TR-FE engine, 4WD:
1000 lb. (453 kg)
850 lb. (385 kg)
Access Cab models
2 people, 2TR-FE engine, 2WD except PreRunner:
900 lb. (408 kg)
4 people, 2TR-FE engine, 2WD except PreRunner:
600 lb. (272 kg)
2 people, 2TR-FE engine, PreRunner:
1000 lb. (453 kg)
4 people, 2TR-FE engine, PreRunner:
700 lb. (317 kg)
2 people, 1GR-FE engine, PreRunner:
1000 lb. (453 kg)
4 people, 1GR-FE engine, PreRunner:
700 lb. (317 kg)
2 people, 2TR-FE engine, 4WD:
1000 lb. (453 kg)
4 people, 2TR-FE engine, 4WD:
700 lb. (317 kg)
2 people, 1GR-FE engine, 4WD:
905 lb. (410 kg)
4 people, 1GR-FE engine, 4WD:
605 lb. (274 kg)
Double Cab models with short deck
2 people, 1GR-FE engine, PreRunner:
5 people, 1GR-FE engine, PreRunner:
2 people, 1GR-FE engine, 4WD:
5 people, 1GR-FE engine, 4WD:
1000 lb. (453 kg)
550 lb. (249 kg)
900 lb. (408 kg)
450 lb. (204 kg)
Double Cab models with long deck
2 people, 1GR-FE engine, PreRunner:
5 people, 1GR-FE engine, PreRunner:
2 people, 1GR-FE engine, 4WD:
5 people, 1GR-FE engine, 4WD:
1000 lb. (453 kg)
550 lb. (249 kg)
800 lb. (363 kg)
350 lb. (159 kg)
CAUTION
7
Be careful — overloading can cause dangerous braking and handling
problems, and can damage your vehicle and its tires.
501
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
For owners
n Overloading
TACOMA_U.book Page 502 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Gross axle and vehicle weight ratings
Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the truck camper is loaded, drive to a
scale and weigh on the front and on the rear wheels separately to
determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not exceed either
of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads
should not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These
ratings are given on the vehicle certification label which is located on
the door latch post on the left side of the vehicle. (→P. 465) If weight
ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights
below the ratings.
Gross axle weight rating
Front GAWR
Rear GAWR
Gross vehicle weight rating
Not exceed GVWR
502
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 503 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
n GAWR
GAWR
2WD models
except PreRunner
4WD models and
PreRunner
Front
Rear
2380 lb. (1079 kg)
2685 lb. (1217 kg)
2755 lb. (1249 kg)
Regular Cab models
3000 lb. (1360 kg)
Access Cab and
Double Cab models
3110 lb. (1410 kg)
n GVWR
2WD models except PreRunner
Cab type
GVWR
Regular Cab
Vehicles with an automatic transmission
4650 lb. (2109 kg)
Vehicles with a manual transmission
4600 lb. (2086 kg)
Access Cab
Vehicles with 2.7 L 4-cylinder (2TR-FE)
engine
4900 lb. (2222 kg)
Vehicles with 4.0 L V6 (1GR-FE) engine
4700 lb. (2131 kg)
PreRunner
Cab type
GVWR
5000 lb. (2268 kg)
Access Cab
5250 lb. (2381 kg)
Double Cab
5350 lb. (2426 kg)
7
For owners
Regular Cab
503
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 504 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
4WD models
Cab type
GVWR
Regular Cab
5100 lb. (2313 kg)
Access Cab
5350 lb. (2426 kg)
Double Cab
5450 lb. (2472 kg)
504
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 508 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Alphabetical index
Alphabetical index
A A/C.............................................220
ABS ...........................................184
Access doors .............................39
Accessory meter ......................156
Active traction control
system ....................................174
Air conditioning filter...............388
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning filter..............388
Manual air conditioning
system ................................220
Airbags
Airbag operating conditions.....84
Airbag precautions for your
child ......................................89
Airbag warning light...............426
Curtain shield airbag operating
conditions..............................85
Curtain shield airbag
precautions ...........................91
Front passenger occupant
classification system .............97
General airbag precautions.....88
Locations of airbags ................81
Modification and disposal of
airbags ..................................92
Passenger airbag off
switch....................................93
Proper driving posture.......79, 88
Roll sensing of curtain shield
airbag off switch....................95
Side airbag operating
conditions..............................85
Side airbag precautions ..........90
SRS airbags ............................81
Antenna.....................................233
Anti-lock brake system
ABS warning light..................426
Anti-lock brake system ..........184
Audio input ...............................257
Audio remote controls.............259
Audio system
Antenna.................................233
508
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Audio input ............................ 257
AUX adapter ......................... 257
CD player .............................. 237
MP3/WMA disc ..................... 244
Optimal use........................... 253
Portable music player ........... 257
Radio..................................... 231
Steering wheel audio
switch.................................. 259
Sub woofer............................ 256
Type ...................................... 228
AUTO LSD system ................... 176
Automatic light off system...... 158
Automatic limited slip
differential .............................. 176
Automatic transmission
Automatic transmission......... 141
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P ..................... 450
AUX adapter ............................. 257
Auxiliary box .... 296, 302, 319, 320
B Back-up lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 409
Wattage................................. 478
Back window ..............................71
Battery
Charging system warning
light ..................................... 425
Checking ............................... 369
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ..........................452
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 201
Bluetooth® ................................ 266
Bottle holders................... 296, 300
Brake assist.............................. 184
Brakes
Brake system warning
buzzer......... 175, 177, 182, 187
Brake system warning light ... 424
Fluid ...................................... 364
Parking brake........................ 148
TACOMA_U.book Page 509 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Alphabetical index
Break-in tips ............................ 130
C Camper information ................ 499
Care
Exterior ................................. 338
Interior .................................. 340
Seat belts ............................. 341
Cargo capacity ........................ 195
Cargo net hook................ 319, 327
CD player ................................. 237
Certification label ............ 206, 465
Chains ...................................... 202
Child restraint system
Booster seats, definition ....... 104
Booster seats, installation .... 113
Convertible seats,
definition............................. 104
Convertible seats,
installation .......................... 112
Front passenger occupant
classification system ............ 97
Infant seat, definition ............ 104
Infant seats, installation........ 111
Installing CRS with lower
anchorages ................ 114, 118
Installing CRS with seat
belts ................................... 109
Installing CRS with top
straps ................. 119, 122, 123
Passenger airbag off
switch ................................... 93
Child safety
Airbag precautions ................. 88
Battery precautions ...... 370, 454
Child restraint system........... 104
Child-protectors ...................... 37
How your child should wear
the seat belt ......................... 58
Installing child restraints ....... 109
Power window lock switch...... 69
Power window precautions..... 70
Removed wireless remote
control battery
precautions .........................392
Seat belt extender
precautions ...........................60
Seat belt precautions ..............59
Child-protectors .........................37
Cigarette lighter .......................309
Cleaning
Exterior..................................338
Interior ...................................340
Seat belts ..............................341
Clock ........................................ 307
Clutch start cancel switch.......183
Compass...........................156, 332
Condenser ................................364
Console boxes .................296, 297
Cooling system
Engine overheating ...............456
CRS ...........................................104
Cruise control...........................163
Cup holders ......................296, 298
Curtain shield airbags ...............81
Customizable features.............493
D Daytime running light
system ....................................158
Deck
Auxiliary boxes ......................320
Deck hooks ...........................321
Deck rails ..............................195
Deck ......................................319
Tie-down cleats .....................322
Deck rails ..................................195
Dimension.................................462
Dinghy towing ..........................218
Do-it-yourself maintenance.....349
Doors
Access doors...........................39
Door glasses ...........................69
Door lock ...........................32, 35
Open door warning light ........427
Side doors ...............................35
509
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 510 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Alphabetical index
Side mirrors.............................66
Downhill Assist Control
System....................................181
Driver’s seat belt reminder
buzzer .............................427, 428
Driver's seat belt reminder
light .................................427, 428
Driving
Break-in tips ..........................130
Correct posture .......................79
Driving assist systems...........184
Procedures............................128
Winter driving tips..................201
E Emergency, in case of
Blown fuse.............................393
If the engine will not start ......449
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P......................450
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ..........................452
If the warning buzzer
sounds ................................424
If the warning light turns on ...424
If you have a flat tire .............433
If you lose your keys .............451
If you think something is
wrong ..................................420
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ...................................459
If your vehicle needs to be
towed ..................................414
If your vehicle overheats .......456
Engine
Compartment ........................355
Engine switch ........................138
Exhaust gas ..........................134
Hood......................................353
How to start the engine .........138
Identification number.............465
If the engine will not start ......449
Ignition switch........................138
Immobilizer system .................76
510
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Overheating ..........................456
Warning light ......................... 424
Engine coolant
Capacity ................................ 470
Checking ............................... 363
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 201
Temperature gauge .............. 150
Engine coolant temperature
gauge...................................... 150
Engine immobilizer system ......76
Engine oil
Capacity ................................ 468
Checking ............................... 357
Preparing and checking before
winter .................................. 201
Warning light ................. 425, 428
Engine oil maintenance
data ......................................... 361
Engine switch........................... 138
Event data recorder ................. 422
F Floor mat .................................. 318
Fluid
Brake..................................... 364
Washer.................................. 371
Fog lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 406
Switch ................................... 159
Wattage................................. 478
Four-wheel drive system
Front-wheel drive control
switch.................................. 170
Front fog lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 406
Switch ................................... 159
Wattage................................. 478
Front passenger occupant
classification system ..............97
Front passenger's seat belt
reminder light ................ 427, 428
Front passenger’s seat belt
warning buzzer .............. 427, 428
TACOMA_U.book Page 511 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Alphabetical index
Front seats
Adjustment ............................. 45
Front side marker lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 407
Switch................................... 157
Wattage ................................ 478
Front turn signal lights
Lever .................................... 147
Replacing light bulbs ............ 408
Switch................................... 147
Wattage ................................ 478
Fuel
Capacity ............................... 467
Fuel gauge ........................... 150
Fuel pump shut off system ... 421
Gas station information ........ 520
Information ........................... 479
Refueling ................................ 72
Type ..................................... 467
Warning light ........................ 427
Fuel door.................................... 72
Fuel filler door ........................... 72
Fuel pump shut off system .... 421
Fuses
Fuses.................................... 393
Locations ...................... 396, 400
G Garage door opener box ........ 328
Gas station information.......... 520
Gauges ..................................... 150
Glove box................................. 296
H Hands-free system
(for cellular phone) ............... 262
Head restraints
Adjusting ................................ 54
Headlights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 404
Switch................................... 157
Wattage ................................ 478
High mounted stoplight
Replacing ............................. 410
Wattage.................................478
Hill-start assist control ............184
Hood..........................................353
Hooks
Cargo net ..............................327
Deck hooks ...........................321
Shopping bag ........................326
Tie-down cleats .....................322
I
I/M test.......................................348
Identification
Engine ...................................466
Tire ........................................483
Vehicle ..................................465
Ignition switch..........................138
Illuminated entry system.........294
Immobilizer system....................76
Indicator lights .........................153
Initialization
Items to initialize....................494
Inside rear view mirror ..............63
Interior lights
Interior lights..........................294
Personal lights.......................295
Switch....................................295
Wattage.................................478
Instrument panel light
control ....................................151
J Jack
Positioning the jack ...............441
Replacing the wheel..............433
Jack handle ..............................438
K Keyless entry..............................32
Keys
Engine switch ........................138
If you lose your keys .............451
Ignition switch........................138
Wireless remote control
battery.................................391
Keyless entry...........................32
511
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 512 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Alphabetical index
Key number.............................30
Keys ........................................30
Reminder buzzer...................429
Wireless remote control ..........32
L License plate lights
Replacing light bulbs .............411
Switch....................................157
Wattage.................................478
Light bulbs
Replacing ..............................403
Wattage.................................478
Lights
Automatic light off system .....158
Fog light switch .....................159
Headlights switch ..................157
Instrument panel light control
dial ......................................151
Interior light switch ................295
Replacing light bulbs .............403
Turn signal lights switch ........147
Wattage.................................478
Limited slip differential............176
Load capacity ...........195, 199, 463
Lock steering column................62
Luggage storage box...............324
Luggage compartment
features...................................319
M Maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance ...349
General maintenance............345
Maintenance data..................462
Maintenance requirements....343
Vehicle exterior .....................338
Vehicle interior ......................340
Malfunction indicator lamp .....425
Manual air conditioning
system ....................................220
Manual transmission ...............144
Meter
Accessory meter ...................156
512
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Instrument panel light
control................................. 151
Meters ................................... 150
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror ............63
Side mirrors.............................66
Vanity mirrors........................ 306
MP3 disc ................................... 244
O Odometer.................................. 151
Off-road precautions
Driving................................... 192
Vehicle .................................. 190
Oil
Engine oil .............................. 357
Warning light .................. 425,428
Opener
Fuel door.................................72
Hood ..................................... 353
Outside rear view mirrors
Adjusting and folding...............66
Outside temperature
display .................................... 308
Overhead console.................... 304
Overheating, Engine................ 456
P Parking brake ........................... 148
Passenger airbag off switch
Installing the child
restraint system .................. 110
Passenger airbag off switch
precautions ......................... 106
Passenger airbag off
switch....................................93
Passenger risk group ..............94
Personal lights ......................... 295
Parking lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 407
Switch ................................... 157
Wattage................................. 478
Power outlet ..................... 310, 311
TACOMA_U.book Page 513 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Alphabetical index
Power steering
Fluid...................................... 366
Power windows ......................... 69
R Radiator............................ 355, 364
Radio ........................................ 231
Rear seat
Adjustment ............................. 50
Folding down .......................... 51
Raising the bottom
cushion................................. 50
Rear side marker lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 412
Switch................................... 157
Rear turn signal lights
Lever .................................... 147
Replacing light bulbs ............ 409
Switch................................... 147
Wattage ................................ 478
Rear view monitor system
Before removing the
tailgate ................................. 40
Rear view monitor
system................................ 166
Rear window .............................. 71
Replacing
Wireless remote control
battery ................................ 391
Fuses.................................... 393
Light bulbs ............................ 403
Tires ............................. 373, 433
Wheels ................................. 386
Rear differential lock
system ................................... 178
Rear step bumper...................... 43
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners ........................... 496
Roll sensing of curtain shield
airbags off switch ................... 95
S Seat belts
Adjustment ..............................56
ALR .........................................58
Automatic Locking
Retractor ...............................58
Child restraint system
installation...........................109
Cleaning and maintaining......341
ELR .........................................58
Emergency Locking
Retractor ...............................58
How to wear your seat belt......56
How your child should wear
the seat belt ..........................58
Pregnant women, proper
seat belt use .........................58
Reminder buzzer...........427, 428
Reminder light .......................427
Seat belt extenders .................59
Seat belt pretensioners ...........57
Seating capacity.......................199
Seats
Adjustment ..............................45
Adjustment precautions...........49
Child seats/child restraint
system installation ..............109
Cleaning ............................... 340
Folding down the rear seat......51
Folding down the rear seat
precautions ...........................52
Folding passenger’s seat ........47
Folding seatback .....................46
Front seat adjustment .............45
Front seat adjustment
precautions ...........................49
Head restraint..........................54
Moving passenger’s seat for
rear seat entry.......................46
Properly sitting in the seat.......79
Raising the bottom cushion.....50
Seatback table..........................317
Service reminder
indicators ..............................154
513
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 514 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Alphabetical index
Shift lever
Automatic transmission .........141
Four-wheel drive ...................170
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P......................450
Manual transmission .............144
Shift lock system .....................450
Side airbags................................81
Side doors ..................................35
Side marker lights
Replacing light bulbs .....407, 412
Switch....................................157
Wattage.................................478
Side mirror
Adjusting and folding...............66
Spare tire
Inflation pressure...................475
Replacing ..............................433
Spare tire...............................433
Spark plug ................................470
Specifications...........................462
Speedometer ............................150
SRS airbags
Curtain shield airbags .............81
Front airbags ...........................81
Passenger airbag off
switch....................................93
Precautions .............................88
Roll sensing of curtain shield
airbag off switch....................95
Side airbags ............................81
Steering wheel
Adjustment ..............................62
Audio switch ..........................259
Stop lights
Replacing light bulbs .............409
Wattage.................................478
Storage feature.........................296
Storage precautions ................198
Stuck
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ...................................459
Sun visors.................................305
514
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Switch
A-TRAC switch...................... 174
AUTO LSD switch ................. 176
Clutch start cancel switch .....183
Cruise control switch............. 163
DAC switch ........................... 181
Engine switch........................ 138
Fog light switch ..................... 159
Front-wheel drive control
switch.................................. 170
Ignition switch ....................... 138
Headlights switch .................. 157
Light switch ........................... 157
Passenger airbag off
switch....................................93
Power door lock switch ...........36
Power window switch..............69
Rear differential lock
switch.................................. 178
Roll sensing of curtain shield
airbag off switch....................95
Tire pressure warning
reset switch......................... 375
Turn signal lights................... 147
VSC OFF switch ........... 176, 185
Window lock switch.................69
Wiper and washer ................. 160
T Tachometer .............................. 150
Tailgate
Removing the tailgate .............40
Tailgate ...................................40
Tail lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 412
Switch ................................... 157
Talk switch ............................... 267
Telephone switch..................... 267
Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system .....76
Theft prevention labels............78
Theft prevention labels .............78
Tire inflation pressure ............. 475
TACOMA_U.book Page 515 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Alphabetical index
Tire information
Glossary ............................... 487
Size ...................................... 484
Tire identification number ..... 483
Uniform tire quality grading .. 485
Tires
Chains .................................. 202
Checking .............................. 373
If you have a flat tire ............. 433
Identification number ............ 483
Inflation pressure.................. 475
Inflation pressure sensor ...... 374
Information ........................... 482
Replacing ..................... 373, 433
Rotating tires ........................ 373
Size ...................................... 475
Snow tires............................. 203
Spare tire.............................. 438
Tire pressure warning
reset switch ........................ 375
Tire pressure warning
system........................ 373, 430
Warning light ........................ 427
Tools................................. 433, 434
Total load capacity.................. 199
Towing
Bumper towing ..................... 210
Dinghy towing....................... 218
Emergency towing................ 414
Fifth wheel trailer .................. 210
Trailer towing........................ 205
Traction control system ......... 184
TRAC ........................................ 184
Trip meter................................. 151
Turn signal lights
Lever .................................... 147
Replacing light bulbs ............ 408
Switch................................... 147
Wattage ................................ 478
V Valet key .....................................30
Vanity mirrors...........................306
Vehicle identification
number ...................................465
Vehicle stability control...........184
VSC............................................184
W Warning buzzers
Key reminder.........................429
Brake system ........................424
Seat belt reminder.........427, 428
Warning lights
ABS .......................................426
Airbag system .......................426
Anti-lock brake system ..........426
Automatic transmission fluid
temperature ........................426
Brake system ........................424
Charging system ...................425
Driver’s seat belt ...................427
Electronic engine control
system ................................425
Engine oil replacement..........428
Front passenger occupant
classification system ...........426
Front passenger’s seat belt...427
Low brake fluid ......................424
Low engine oil pressure ........425
Low fuel level ........................427
Low tire inflation pressure .....427
Malfunction indicator lamp ....425
Open door .............................427
Seat belt ................................427
Seat belt pretensioner
system ................................426
SRS.......................................426
SRS airbag system ...............426
Tire pressure .........................427
Tire pressure warning
system ................................427
VSC/TRAC ............................426
515
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 516 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
Alphabetical index
Washer
Checking ...............................371
Preparing and checking
before winter .......................201
Switch....................................160
Washing and waxing ...............338
Weight
Cargo capacity ......................195
Cargo weight rating ...............500
Gross axle weight rating........502
Gross vehicle weight
rating...................................502
Load limits .............................199
Weight ...................................463
Wheels ......................................386
Window glasses ................. 69, 71
Window lock switch...................69
Windows
Power windows .......................69
Washer..................................160
Windshield wipers ...................160
Wireless remote control
Replacing the battery ............391
Wireless remote control ..........32
Winter driving tips ...................201
WMA disc..................................244
516
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 517 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
What to do if...
What to do if...
A tire punctures
P. 433 If you have a flat tire
P. 449 If the engine will not start
The engine does not start
P. 76
Engine immobilizer system
P. 452 If the vehicle battery is discharged
The shift lever cannot be
moved out
P. 450
If the shift lever cannot be shifted
from P
The engine coolant temperature
gauge enters the red zone
P. 456 If your vehicle overheats
Steam can be seen coming
from under the hood
The key is lost
P. 451 If you lose your keys
The battery runs out
P. 452 If the vehicle battery is discharged
The doors cannot be locked
P. 35
Side doors
P. 39
Access doors
The vehicle is stuck in
mud or sand
P. 459 If the vehicle becomes stuck
The warning light or indicator
light comes on
P. 424 If a warning light turns on
517
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 518 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
What to do if...
n Instrument cluster
n Center panel
518
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 519 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
What to do if...
nWarning lights
Brake system warning
light
P. 424
Automatic transmission
fluid temperature
P. 426
warning light
Charging system warning
P. 425
light
Slip indicator*
Low engine oil pressure
P. 425
warning light
Tire pressure warning
light
P. 427
Malfunction indicator
lamp
P. 425
Open door warning light
ABS warning light
Low fuel level warning
light
P. 427
P. 426
P. 427
or
P. 426
Engine oil replacement
reminder light P. 428
Driver’s seat belt reminder
light
P. 427
Front passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
P. 427
SRS warning light
P. 426
*: Slip indicator comes on.
519
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
TACOMA_U.book Page 520 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Fuel filler door
P. 72
Auxiliary catch lever
P. 353
Hood lock release lever
P. 353
Tire inflation pressure
P. 475
Fuel tank capacity
21.1 gal. (80.0 L, 17.6 lmp.gal.)
Fuel type
Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher
STYPIAF008
Cold tire inflation
pressure
P. 475
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill)
P. 468
Engine oil type
520
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or equivalent
Oil grade:
P. 468
ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Recommended oil viscosity:
SAE 5W-20 or 0W-20 (2.7 L 4-cylinder
[2TR-FE] engine)
SAE 5W-30 (4.0 L V6 [1GR-FE] engine)
TACOMA_U.book Page 2 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index
1-6. Theft deterrent system....... 76
1
Before driving
Engine immobilizer system ... 76
Theft prevention labels
(U.S.A.)............................... 78
1-1. Key information .................. 30
Keys ..................................... 30
1-7. Safety information .............. 79
Correct driving posture ......... 79
SRS airbags ......................... 81
Front passenger occupant
classification system........... 97
Child restraint systems ....... 104
Installing child restraints ..... 109
1-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors ............. 32
Wireless remote control .......
Side doors ............................
Access doors (Access Cab
models only).......................
Tailgate ................................
32
35
39
40
2
1-3. Adjustable components
(seats, mirrors, steering
wheel) ................................ 45
Front seats ...........................
Rear seats (Access Cab and
Double Cab models) ..........
Head restraints .....................
Seat belts .............................
Steering wheel .....................
Anti-glare inside rear view
mirror..................................
Outside rear view mirrors .....
45
50
54
56
62
63
66
When driving
2-1. Driving procedures........... 128
Driving the vehicle ..............
Engine (ignition) switch.......
Automatic Transmission ......
Manual Transmission .........
Turn signal lever .................
Parking brake .....................
128
138
141
144
147
148
2-2. Gauges and meters .......... 150
1-4. Opening and closing the
windows ............................ 69
Gauges and meters ............ 150
Indicators and warning
lights ................................. 153
Accessory meter................. 156
Power windows .................... 69
Back window (vehicles with
sliding type) ........................ 71
2-3. Operating the lights and
wipers .............................. 157
1-5. Refueling............................. 72
Opening the fuel tank cap .... 72
2
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Headlight switch ................. 157
Fog light switch................... 159
Windshield wipers and
washer .............................. 160
TACOMA_U.book Page 3 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
2-4. Using other driving
systems ........................... 163
Cruise control...................... 163
Rear view monitor system
(vehicles with auto anti-glare
inside rear view mirror) ..... 166
Four-wheel drive system..... 170
Active traction control
system .............................. 174
AUTO LSD system.............. 176
Rear differential lock
system .............................. 178
Downhill Assist Control
system .............................. 181
Clutch start cancel switch ... 183
Driving assist systems ........ 184
2-5. Driving information........... 190
Off-road precautions
(4WD models and
PreRunner) .......................
Cargo and luggage .............
Vehicle load limits ...............
Winter driving tips ...............
Trailer towing ......................
Dinghy towing .....................
3
190
195
199
201
205
218
Interior and exterior
features
3-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger...... 220
3-2. Using the audio
system............................. 228
Audio system types ............
Using the radio ...................
Using the CD player ...........
Playing back MP3 and
WMA discs .......................
Optimal use of the audio
system..............................
Operating the sub woofer
(on some Access Cab
models) ............................
Using the AUX adapter.......
Using the steering wheel
audio switches..................
228
231
237
244
253
3
259
4
262
266
274
279
284
287
5
6
3-4. Using the interior lights ... 294
Interior lights list ................. 294
• Interior light ....................... 295
• Personal lights................... 295
Air conditioning system ....... 220
3
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
2
256
257
3-3. Using the hands-free
phone system (for
cellular phone)................ 262
Hands-free phone system
(for cellular phone) ...........
Using the hands-free phone
system..............................
Making a phone call ...........
Setting a cellular phone......
Security and system
setup ................................
Using the phone book ........
1
7
TACOMA_U.book Page 4 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index
3-5. Using the storage
features ........................... 296
List of storage features.......
• Glove box .........................
• Console boxes .................
• Cup holders......................
• Bottle holders ...................
• Auxiliary boxes .................
• Overhead console ............
296
296
297
298
300
302
304
3-6. Other interior features ..... 305
Sun visors .......................... 305
Vanity mirrors ..................... 306
Clock .................................. 307
Outside temperature display
(vehicles with accessory
meter)............................... 308
Cigarette lighter.................. 309
Power outlet (12V DC) ....... 310
Power outlet (if 115V AC
equipped) ......................... 311
Seatback table ................... 317
Floor mat ............................ 318
Luggage compartment
features ............................ 319
Garage door opener box .... 328
Compass (vehicles with
accessory meter).............. 332
4-2. Maintenance...................... 343
Maintenance
requirements .................... 343
General maintenance ......... 345
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs .......................... 348
4-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance ................... 349
Do-it-yourself service
precautions .......................
Hood ...................................
Engine compartment ..........
Tires....................................
Tire inflation pressure .........
Wheels................................
Air conditioning filter ...........
Wireless remote control
battery ..............................
Checking and replacing
fuses .................................
Light bulbs ..........................
5
349
353
355
373
381
386
388
391
393
403
When trouble arises
5-1. Essential information ....... 414
4
Maintenance and care
4-1. Maintenance and care...... 338
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior ........... 338
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior ............ 340
4
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
If your vehicle needs to be
towed ................................
If you think something is
wrong................................
Fuel pump shut off
system ..............................
Event data recorder ............
414
420
421
422
TACOMA_U.book Page 5 Tuesday, April 8, 2008 9:01 AM
5-2. Steps to take in an
emergency....................... 424
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds... ...........................
If you have a flat tire............
If the engine will not start ....
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P....................
If you lose your keys ...........
If the vehicle battery is
discharged ........................
If your vehicle overheats .....
If the vehicle becomes
stuck .................................
6
Index
424
433
449
Abbreviation list........................ 506
450
451
What to do if... ........................... 517
1
Alphabetical index .................... 508
2
452
456
3
459
Vehicle specifications
4
6-1. Specifications.................... 462
Maintenance data (fuel, oil
level, etc.) ......................... 462
Fuel information .................. 479
Tire information ................... 482
5
6-2. Customization ................... 493
6
Customizable features ........ 493
Items to initialize ................. 494
7
For owners
7
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners ................. 496
Seat belt instructions for
Canadian owners
(in French) ........................ 497
Camper information ............ 499
5
TACOMA_U_(L/O_0805)
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement